{"title":"Sheet metal working machines","description":"\u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003e Precision \u003cstrong\u003esheet metal working machines\u003c\/strong\u003e for bending, cutting, and punching steel and metal alloys. Robust \u003cstrong\u003esheet metal working machines\u003c\/strong\u003e with hydraulic systems and CNC controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003e Versatile \u003cstrong\u003esheet metal working machines\u003c\/strong\u003e with interchangeable tools and digital programming. CNC bending machines, guillotine shears, and automatic punching machines for industrial metalwork. Rigid structures and safety systems for maximum productivity and operational precision.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"cesoie-idrauliche-bernardo-hps-60","title":"Bernardo HPS 60 Hydraulic Profile Shear – 60 tons, multi-function","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HPS 60 hydraulic profile shear offers 60 tons of punching force, drilling capacity of Ø 25 mm on 16 mm thickness (expandable to Ø 50 mm with accessories), steel flat bar cutting up to 16 × 330 mm, angle sections 125 × 125 × 12 mm at 90°, round bars Ø 45 mm and square bars 40 × 40 mm, 4 kW motor, 8 strokes\/min. Integrated notching station up to 16 mm. Weight 1,600 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePunching force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard drilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm on 16 mm thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel flat bar cutting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 × 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle section cutting (90°):\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 × 125 × 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating stations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Punching, flat bar cutting, profile cutting, bar cutting, notching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,600 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HPS 60 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HPS 60 is the entry-professional range multi-function hydraulic profile shear in the Bernardo HPS (Hydraulic Profile Shears) lineup. It combines five operating stations in one machine: punching, flat bar cutting, angle section cutting, round and square bar cutting, and rectangular\/triangular notching. The 60-ton punching force is dimensioned for standard holes up to Ø 25 mm on 16 mm thickness, expandable up to Ø 50 mm with optional accessories. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by small to medium-sized metal fabricators, artistic blacksmiths, gate and railing manufacturing workshops, and maintenance companies who prefer to consolidate five distinct operations into one compact machine instead of purchasing five separate pieces of equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the HPS range, the HPS 60 occupies the entry-level segment: below it is the HPS 45 (45 tons, 1,000 kg) for workshops with lower requirements, above it is the HPS 90 (90 tons, 2,500 kg) for heavy industrial applications with drilling capacity up to Ø 30 mm on 20 mm. The choice between HPS 45, 60, and 90 depends on the typical work in the workshop: maximum thicknesses habitually drilled, maximum size of angle profiles, and frequency of operations. The HPS 60 with 60 tons covers the vast majority of light and medium fabrication needs. All HPS models share the multi-function philosophy and the five stations; only the maximum capacities of each station vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 1,600 kg, it requires adequate lifting equipment for unloading (forklift or crane). Verify access to the workshop before delivery. Original Bernardo spare blades, punches, dies, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Italian customer assistance available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HPS 60 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine designed for professional use. Cost, weight (1,600 kg), and 400V three-phase power make it unsuitable for hobbyist use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\/medium fabrication (up to 5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe five operating stations consolidate operations that would require separate equipment into one machine. The 60-ton force covers standard fabrication work on profiles and flat bars up to 16 mm.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor thicknesses over 16 mm or angle profiles over 125 × 125 × 12, consider the HPS 90 with 90 tons. The HPS 60 is dimensioned for standard daily work, not for continuous heavy industrial cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with drilling thickness over 16 mm in standard mode (consider HPS 90); working with stainless steel or high-strength special steels (requires specific sizing, contact Krollit); hot forging or deep drawing operations (machine dedicated to cold cutting and punching).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePunching Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunching Force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Punchable Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Hole Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Hole Diameter (with optional accessories)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunch Stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes\/min (20 mm stroke)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteel Flat Bar Cutting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Steel Flat Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat Bar Blade Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAngle Profile Cutting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle Profiles 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 125 × 12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle Profiles 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 × 5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU \/ I Profiles (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e126 × 53 × 5.5 mm \/ 126 × 74 × 5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT Profiles (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 125 × 12 mm \/ 60 × 60 × 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBar Cutting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound Bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare Bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNotching Station\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Notching Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular Notching\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriangular Notching\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 5 × 7.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,640 × 730 × 1,770 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Heights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunching Working Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat Bar Working Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar Working Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNotching Working Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHPS 60 hydraulic shear with five integrated operating stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser and maintenance manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated standard safety set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I work with sheet metal on the HPS 60?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HPS 60 is designed for structural steel profiles and flat bars, not for thin sheet metal. For sheet metal, consider dedicated guillotine shears (Bernardo CSM range or similar).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat bar cutting of the HPS 60 is optimized for thicknesses of 5-16 mm, typical of metal fabrication. For thin sheet metal (1-3 mm), the blade geometry of the HPS 60 is not suitable: it produces a rough cut with burrs. For mixed sheet metal + profile work, it is recommended to have a separate guillotine shear for sheet metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require and what is its consumption?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HPS 60 requires a 400V three-phase power supply with a 4 kW motor. It needs a dedicated industrial line with adequate circuit breaker protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 kW consumption requires installation on an industrial panel. For workshops already equipped with other professional machines (presses, lathes, milling machines), the HPS 60 can be added to the existing line without problems. For workshops with only single-phase or domestic three-phase power, the HPS 60 cannot be installed: a commercial\/industrial meter is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I make holes larger than Ø 25 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with optional accessories (dedicated die and punch), the capacity increases to Ø 50 mm. The standard nominal capacity is Ø 25 mm on 16 mm thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncreasing the hole diameter proportionally reduces the maximum workable thickness: for holes Ø 30-40 mm, the maximum thickness is reduced to 12-14 mm; for holes Ø 50 mm, it typically drops to 8-10 mm maximum thickness. Original Bernardo spare punches and dies are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,640 × 730 × 1,770 mm. The minimum recommended operating area for standard operations is 4 × 3 m, considering space for moving long profiles during cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,640 mm machine width must be supplemented with space to handle the workpieces: for profiles 6 meters long (standard supply), an entry space of at least 7 meters is needed. Working heights vary by station (910-1,185 mm), all ergonomic for standing operators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many operations per minute can I perform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 strokes\/min with a 20 mm piston stroke. The actual capacity depends on the part positioning time: in repetitive operations on pre-marked parts, 4-6 effective operations per minute can be achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe speed of 8 strokes\/min is dimensioned for intensive continuous use without overheating the hydraulic system. For operations requiring faster cycles (series production with automatic positioners), consider hydraulic shears with servo controls and CNC positioning, typically in a higher price range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693012619592,"sku":"06-1623XL","price":10280.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia_idraulica_Bernardo_HPS_60_per_profilati_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1759222671"},{"product_id":"cesoie-idrauliche-bernardo-hps-90","title":"Bernardo HPS 90 Hydraulic Section Shear – 90 tons, industrial multifunction","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HPS 90 hydraulic ironworker offers 90 tons of punching force, drilling capacity of Ø 30 mm on 20 mm thick material (expandable to Ø 50 mm with accessories), flat steel cutting up to 20 × 330 mm, angle sections 140 × 140 × 12 mm at 90°, round bars Ø 50 mm and square bars 50 × 50 mm, 5.5 kW motor, 6 strokes\/min. Integrated notching station up to 20 mm. Weight 2,500 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePunching force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard drilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm on 20 mm thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat steel cutting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 × 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle section cutting (90°):\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 × 140 × 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating stations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Punching, flat bar cutting, section cutting, bar cutting, notching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HPS 90 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HPS 90 is the heavy-duty industrial multifunction hydraulic ironworker in the HPS range. With 90 tons of punching force and a drilling capacity of Ø 30 mm on 20 mm thick material, it covers processes that the HPS 60 cannot handle. The five operating stations (punching, flat bar cutting, section cutting, bar cutting, notching) are dimensioned for daily industrial cycles on heavy structural steel. The 2,500 kg structural weight provides the necessary stability for operations on angle sections up to 140 × 140 × 12 mm and bars up to Ø 50 mm. In the workshops of Krollit's customers, it is chosen by industrial metal fabricators, steel structure construction workshops, metal prefabrication companies, and foundries with in-house fabrication departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the HPS range, the HPS 90 is the industrial-grade model: above the HPS 60 (60 tons, standard operations) and the HPS 45 (45 tons, entry-level). The difference with the HPS 60 is not only in tonnage (90 vs 60) but in overall sizing: more powerful motor (5.5 vs 4 kW), greater weight (2,500 vs 1,600 kg), greater capacities in all stations. The speed of 6 strokes\/min (vs 8 for the HPS 60) reflects the sizing for thicker materials: each stroke requires more hydraulic energy. For workshops with industrial volumes and the need to drill 20 mm regularly, the HPS 90 is the correct choice; the HPS 60 would be undersized and would wear out quickly under these conditions of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 2,500 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity for unloading. Check workshop access and flooring before delivery. Original Bernardo spare blades, punches, dies, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the HPS 90 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine. Cost, weight (2,500 kg), and sizing are unsuitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\/medium fabrication shop (up to 10 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor standard daily use, the HPS 60 is sufficient. The HPS 90 is only justified if thicknesses over 16 mm or sections over 125 × 125 × 12 mm are regularly processed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial fabrication \/ steel structure production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 90 tons and drilling capacity of Ø 30 on 20 mm are sized for heavy industrial work. The 2,500 kg structure handles intensive cycles without vibration.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with drilling thickness over 20 mm in standard mode (consider dedicated industrial presses); high-cadence series production with automatic positioning (consider CNC ironworkers); occasional work on small pieces (the HPS 60 is more economical and correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePunching capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunching force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. punchable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. hole diameter (with optional accessories)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunch stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes\/min (20 mm stroke)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 cpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e355 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFlat steel cutting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. flat steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar blade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAngle section cutting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle sections 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 × 140 × 12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle sections 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 × 5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU \/ I sections (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 × 60 × 6.5 mm \/ 160 × 86 × 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT sections (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 × 140 × 12 mm \/ 70 × 70 × 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBar cutting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNotching station\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. notching thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular notch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriangular notch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 5 × 7.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,860 × 800 × 1,900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking heights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunching working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNotching working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHPS 90 hydraulic ironworker with five integrated operating stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser and maintenance manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated standard safety set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the HPS 90 make sense for a small workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if thicknesses over 16 mm or angle sections over 125 × 125 × 12 mm are regularly processed. For standard light\/medium fabrication work, the HPS 60 is correctly sized and costs significantly less.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price difference between the HPS 60 and HPS 90 is significant. The HPS 90 is justified for workshops that habitually work with heavy structural steel, large-section angle profiles, or flat bars 18-20 mm thick. For mixed use with a prevalence of 5-16 mm thicknesses, the HPS 60 is the logical choice even for professional workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I expand the drilling capacity beyond Ø 30 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with optional accessories, the capacity increases to Ø 50 mm. The standard nominal capacity is Ø 30 mm on 20 mm thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Ø 35-50 mm holes, the maximum workable thickness is proportionally reduced: typically Ø 50 mm is achieved on 12-15 mm thicknesses. Original Bernardo spare punches and dies are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For non-standard holes, custom supply is available through Bernardo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply and electrical line is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase power supply with a 5.5 kW motor. Requires a dedicated industrial line with an adequate electrical panel and thermal-magnetic protection sized for the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inrush current of the 5.5 kW motor can reach sustained peaks: the electrical panel must correctly handle the starting currents. For workshops not yet equipped with an industrial panel, a qualified electrician must be involved for installation. Krollit does not provide on-site electrical service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,860 × 800 × 1,900 mm. The minimum recommended operating area is 5 × 3.5 m, considering space for moving standard 6-meter profiles during cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,500 kg weight requires an adequately thick reinforced concrete industrial floor: light or screed flooring is not dimensioned. For 6 m long profiles, at least 7 meters of entry space is needed. Working heights vary between 910 and 1,220 mm depending on the station, ergonomic for standing operators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow fast is it in production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6 strokes\/min with a 20 mm stroke. In actual production, with workpiece positioning times, 3-5 operations per minute can be achieved in repetitive work on pre-marked pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slower speed compared to the HPS 60 (6 vs 8 cpm) is due to the longer working stroke required to generate 90 tons of force. For high-cadence series production, consider numerically controlled presses with servo drives, sized for rapid automated cycles. The HPS 90 is optimized for high-capacity work at a moderate pace, typical of industrial fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693013832008,"sku":"06-1624XL","price":11380.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia_idraulica_Bernardo_HPS_90_per_profilati_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1759223254"},{"product_id":"cesoie-idrauliche-bernardo-hps-45","title":"Bernardo HPS 45 hydraulic profile shear – 45 tons, multifunctional","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HPS 45 hydraulic shear for profiles offers a punching force of 45 tonnes, drilling capacity of Ø 22 mm on 12 mm thick material (expandable to Ø 40 mm with accessories), steel plate cutting up to 12 × 330 mm, angle profiles 100 × 100 × 10 mm at 90°, round bars Ø 30 mm and square bars 30 × 30 mm, 3 kW motor, 8 strokes\/min. Weight 1,000 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePunching force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 tonnes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard drilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 22 mm on 12 mm thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel plate cutting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 × 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle profile cutting (90°):\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 × 100 × 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating stations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Punching, plate cutting, profile cutting, bar cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HPS 45 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HPS 45 is the entry-level multi-functional hydraulic shear in the HPS range, designed for workshops with light fabrication needs. With 45 tonnes of punching force and a drilling capacity of Ø 22 mm on 12 mm thick material, it covers standard operations for blacksmiths, manufacturers of railings, gates, and light structures. The four integrated operating stations (punching, plate cutting, profile cutting, bar cutting) replace separate shears and drills, concentrating operations that would require multiple pieces of equipment into a 1,000 kg structural weight. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is chosen by artisan blacksmiths, light fabrication workshops, maintenance companies, and workshops primarily working with structural steels up to 12 mm thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the HPS range, the HPS 45 is the entry-level model: above it are the HPS 60 (60 tonnes, 1,600 kg) for more demanding work, and the HPS 90 (90 tonnes, 2,500 kg) for heavy industrial applications. The HPS 45 stands out for its compactness\/capacity ratio: a structural weight of 1,000 kg and dimensions of 1,200 × 520 × 1,500 mm make it suitable for workshops where the HPS 60 would require too much space. The Ø 22 on 12 mm drilling capacity covers the vast majority of artisanal needs but does not handle heavy industrial thicknesses. The choice between HPS 45 and HPS 60 depends on the maximum thickness regularly processed: up to 12 mm, the HPS 45 is correctly sized; beyond that, it is preferable to upgrade to the HPS 60.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 1,000 kg, it requires adequate lifting equipment for unloading (forklift or crane). Verify laboratory access before delivery. Original Bernardo spare blades, punches, dies, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HPS 45 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine sized for professional use. Cost, 1,000 kg weight, and 400V three-phase power make it unsuitable for occasional hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan blacksmith \/ light fabrication workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour stations in one compact machine. Adequate capacity for standard work on railings, gates, light structures on steel up to 12 mm thick. The 1,000 kg weight is the lightest in the HPS range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\/industrial fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor regular work over 12 mm thick, consider the HPS 60 with 60 tonnes. The HPS 45 is sized for entry-professional use, not for daily industrial cycles on significant thicknesses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing with drilling thickness over 12 mm in standard mode (consider HPS 60); angle profiles over 100 × 100 × 10 mm at 90° (HPS 60 or HPS 90); high-volume serial production with automation (dedicated CNC shears).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePunching Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunching force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax drillable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax hole diameter (with optional accessories)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunch stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes\/min (20 mm stroke)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteel Plate Cutting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax steel plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate blade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e318 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAngle Profile Cutting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle profiles 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 100 × 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle profiles 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 70 × 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU \/ I profiles (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 45 × 5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT profiles (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 100 × 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBar Cutting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 × 520 × 1,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Heights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunching working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e955 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHPS 45 hydraulic shear with integrated operating stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser and maintenance manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated standard safety set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between HPS 45 and HPS 60?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HPS 45 is sized for thicknesses up to 12 mm and holes Ø 22 mm; the HPS 60 handles up to 16 mm thickness and Ø 25 mm drilling. Force is 45 vs 60 tonnes, weight 1,000 vs 1,600 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on typical work. For an artisan blacksmith mainly working with steel up to 10-12 mm, the HPS 45 is correctly sized. For fabrication shops regularly working with 14-16 mm or angle profiles up to 125 × 125 × 12 mm, the HPS 60 is the logical choice. The price difference is significant: for non-intensive use on limited thicknesses, the HPS 45 is economically preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I drill up to Ø 40 mm with accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with optional punches and dies, the drilling capacity increases to Ø 40 mm. The workable thickness reduces proportionally: typically Ø 35-40 mm can be achieved on 6-8 mm thicknesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity is Ø 22 mm on 12 mm thickness. For non-standard holes, dedicated punches and dies are available as optional accessories. For workshops that regularly make large holes, it is recommended to check if the HPS 60 (Ø 25 standard, Ø 50 with accessories) is more suitable. Original Bernardo replacement punches and dies are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on a domestic three-phase system (condominium cabin)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the available power at the meter. The 3 kW motor ideally requires an industrial meter; on domestic three-phase systems (typically 6 kW), it can work but with limitations if other machines are in simultaneous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3 kW starting current can reach peaks that trip the safety breaker on undersized meters. For workshops without industrial power supply, it is recommended to check system compatibility with a qualified electrician. For continuous intensive use, a dedicated commercial or industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,200 × 520 × 1,500 mm. For handling standard 6-meter profiles, an operating space of at least 4 × 2.5 m with side access for long bars is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,000 kg requires a stable industrial floor but not a special foundation. The HPS 45 is the most compact in the HPS range, and its 1,200 × 520 mm geometry makes it installable in small to medium-sized workshops. Working heights of 940-1,150 mm are ergonomic for standing operators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the same machine for thin sheet metal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the HPS 45 is designed for plates and profiles of 4-12 mm thickness typical of fabrication. For thin sheet metal (under 3 mm), the cut would be rough with burrs: use dedicated guillotine shears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blades of the HPS 45 are geometrically optimized for typical light\/medium fabrication thicknesses. On thin sheet metal (1-2 mm), the machine works but with unsatisfactory aesthetic results. For mixed workshops also working with thin sheet metal, it is recommended to have a separate guillotine shear in addition to the HPS 45.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693014716744,"sku":"06-1621XL","price":6830.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia_idraulica_Bernardo_HPS_45_per_profili_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1759220851"},{"product_id":"bernardo-shrinker-stretcher-ss-40-p","title":"Bernardo SS 40 P Sheet Metal Shrinker and Stretcher – manual, 40 mm throat","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SS 40 P manual shrinker and stretcher for sheet metal offers capacity on steel (400 N\/mm²) up to 1.2 mm, aluminum capacity up to 1.5 mm, a throat depth of 40 mm, and a compact steel structure. Two included attachments (one for shrinking, one for stretching) eliminate the need to change tools. Weight 2.7 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel capacity (400 N\/mm²):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThroat depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shrinking (compression) + Stretching (elongation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 2.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SS 40 P and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SS 40 P Shrinker and Stretcher is a compact and lightweight piece of equipment for shrinking and stretching thin sheet metal, designed for hobbyists, car restorers, artisanal body shops, and small workshops that work with panels, curved edges, and profiles. The shrinking action compresses the sheet metal, concentrating the material, useful for closing curves; the stretching action elongates it, distributing it, useful for opening curves. The two interchangeable attachments included (one shrinker, one stretcher) eliminate tool changeover times. The 1.2 mm capacity on mild steel and 1.5 mm on aluminum covers virtually all historical and modern car bodywork, light sheet metal covers, and artisanal work on copper and brass up to 1.5 mm. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is typically chosen by vintage car restorers, tinsmiths, and metal hobbyists who work with small pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo Shrinker\/Stretcher range, the SS 40 P is the entry-level model for manual use: compact, lightweight (2.7 kg), with a 40 mm throat depth. Above it, the range includes Shrinker\/Stretchers with greater throat depths (60-100 mm) and heavy-duty lever or pneumatic versions for professional workshops. The 40 mm throat depth of the SS 40 P is its main limitation: it can only process small pieces or the perimeter areas of larger pieces. For restoring side windshields, rear fenders, and car panels, the SS 40 P is correctly sized; for larger pieces or deep internal work, consider models with a larger throat depth. The tool is ergonomically designed to be fixed to a workbench: the mounting holes in the base allow for attachment with standard bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 2.7 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and can be handled and installed by one person without equipment. Original Bernardo spare parts (shrinking and stretching jaws, lever) available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the SS 40 P for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist \/ restorer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact, economical tool, perfect for light sheet metal restoration and occasional work. Two included attachments cover both functions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal body shop \/ tinsmith\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for finishing work on small parts. For large parts or professional production, consider models with 60-100 mm throat depth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional bodywork production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 40 mm throat depth and manual operation are sized for occasional use, not for intensive production of large parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working on sheet metal over 1.2 mm steel or 1.5 mm aluminum (the structure is not sized for this); pieces requiring a throat depth greater than 40 mm (centers of large panels); professional production at an intensive pace (consider models with heavy-duty lever or pneumatic operation).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel capacity (strength 400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunctions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShrinking + Stretching (interchangeable attachments)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 2.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Shrinker attachment (compression)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Stretcher attachment (elongation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the SS 40 P on stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard stainless steel (typical strength 500-600 N\/mm²) requires more compression\/stretching force than mild steel. The SS 40 P is sized for mild steel 400 N\/mm² up to 1.2 mm: on stainless steel, the practical limit drops to approximately 0.8-1.0 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo's technical specifications refer to mild steel with a strength of 400 N\/mm². Stronger steels (high-strength, stainless steel) reduce the workable thickness proportionally to their strength. For predominant use on stainless steel, it is recommended to verify with practical tests on scrap material before working on important pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between shrinking and stretching?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShrinking compresses the sheet metal, concentrating the material (useful for closing convex curves). Stretching elongates the sheet metal, distributing it over a larger surface (useful for opening concave curves or creating domed shapes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two processes are complementary in bodywork restoration: shrinking is typically used on edges that tend to open during shaping, stretching on internal areas that need to take on a three-dimensional curved shape. The SS 40 P includes both interchangeable attachments, avoiding the need to purchase two separate machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to a workbench or can it be used freely?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt must be fixed to a stable workbench using bolts in the mounting holes of the base. Manual lever operation requires stability to exert the necessary force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree use of the machine without fixing is impractical: the force exerted on the lever would require holding the machine with one hand and operating with the other, which is not an ergonomic and precise condition. Workbench fixing is simple (4 standard bolts) and allows for two-handed work (one on the workpiece, one on the lever).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the shrinker\/stretcher jaws be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn hobbyist-craft use, the jaws last many years without replacement. In intensive professional use, they may require replacement after several thousand operations to maintain cutting precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo jaws are made of hardened steel and sized for prolonged use. The sign that it is time to replace them is a loss of effectiveness in the compression (shrinking) or stretching action, typically accompanied by a worsening of the finish on the sheet metal. Original Bernardo replacement jaws are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I also work with copper and brass with the SS 40 P?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, copper and brass (softer than steel) can be worked up to thicknesses greater than the steel limit: typically up to 1.5-2 mm on copper, up to 1.5 mm on brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft non-ferrous metals (copper, brass, aluminum) require less force for shrinking and stretching than steel. The SS 40 P is well suited for artistic and restoration work on these materials, common in modeling, applied art, and restoration of antique objects. The nominal Bernardo capacity refers to mild steel; other metals are handled with a safety margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693016617288,"sku":"06-1104","price":485.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Shrinker_e_Stretcher_Bernardo_SS_40_P_gola_40_mm.jpg?v=1758278385"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tb-1270-flex","title":"Bernardo TB 1270 Flex – Manual Bending Machine with Segmented Blades 1270 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"299\" data-end=\"363\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 1270 Flex Folding Machine with Segmented Blades\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"421\" data-end=\"1332\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"470\" data-end=\"506\"\u003eBernardo TB 1270 Flex folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional universal machine designed for tinsmiths, repair shops, and craft workshops. Thanks to its segmented upper, lower, and bending blades, it offers endless processing possibilities and allows for the creation of complex boxes, cases, and profiles with opposing bends. The tall upper blade enables the creation of high folded profiles, while the large flat guide ensures precise and smooth movements. The bending process is made smoother by an auxiliary cylinder that reduces operator effort. With a working length of 1270 mm and capacity up to 2.0 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), the TB 1270 Flex is the ideal solution for those seeking a robust, versatile, and high-precision folding machine with excellent value for money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1334\" data-end=\"1337\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1339\" data-end=\"1918\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1339\" data-end=\"1372\"\u003e✅ Main Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1372\" data-end=\"1375\"\u003e• Segmented upper, lower, and bending blades for maximum flexibility\u003cbr data-start=\"1456\" data-end=\"1459\"\u003e• Creation of complex boxes, cases, and profiles with opposing bends\u003cbr data-start=\"1537\" data-end=\"1540\"\u003e• Working length 1270 mm, max. thickness 2.0 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1591\" data-end=\"1594\"\u003e• Tall upper blade for producing high folded profiles\u003cbr data-start=\"1663\" data-end=\"1666\"\u003e• Large flat guide for precise processing\u003cbr data-start=\"1724\" data-end=\"1727\"\u003e• Auxiliary cylinder that supports bending during folding\u003cbr data-start=\"1795\" data-end=\"1798\"\u003e• 600 mm backgauge for repetitive work\u003cbr data-start=\"1855\" data-end=\"1858\"\u003e• Robust construction and modern design for professional use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1920\" data-end=\"1923\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1925\" data-end=\"1950\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1925\" data-end=\"1948\"\u003e📊 Technical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_tableContainer_1rjym_1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group _tableWrapper_1rjym_13 flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"2425\" class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"1972\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"1972\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"1962\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1962\" data-end=\"1972\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-start=\"1983\" data-end=\"2425\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1983\" data-end=\"2001\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1983\" data-end=\"1989\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1989\" data-end=\"2001\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2002\" data-end=\"2026\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2002\" data-end=\"2010\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2010\" data-end=\"2026\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eTB 1270 Flex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2027\" data-end=\"2058\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2027\" data-end=\"2047\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2047\" data-end=\"2058\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2059\" data-end=\"2103\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2059\" data-end=\"2093\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Sheet Thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2093\" data-end=\"2103\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2104\" data-end=\"2150\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2104\" data-end=\"2141\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Opening Width with Segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2141\" data-end=\"2150\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2151\" data-end=\"2200\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2151\" data-end=\"2190\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Opening Width without Segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2190\" data-end=\"2200\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2201\" data-end=\"2241\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2201\" data-end=\"2231\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Closed Clearance Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2231\" data-end=\"2241\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2242\" data-end=\"2275\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2242\" data-end=\"2262\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBending Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2262\" data-end=\"2275\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2276\" data-end=\"2305\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2276\" data-end=\"2295\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2295\" data-end=\"2305\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2306\" data-end=\"2334\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2306\" data-end=\"2324\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2324\" data-end=\"2334\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2335\" data-end=\"2365\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2335\" data-end=\"2354\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMachine Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2354\" data-end=\"2365\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2366\" data-end=\"2389\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2366\" data-end=\"2378\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2378\" data-end=\"2389\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2390\" data-end=\"2409\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2390\" data-end=\"2398\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2398\" data-end=\"2409\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2410\" data-end=\"2425\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2410\" data-end=\"2415\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2415\" data-end=\"2425\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e465 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2427\" data-end=\"2454\"\u003e* with backgauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"2456\" data-end=\"2459\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2461\" data-end=\"2756\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2461\" data-end=\"2495\"\u003e📦 Package Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2495\" data-end=\"2498\"\u003e• Bernardo TB 1270 Flex Folding Machine\u003cbr data-start=\"2532\" data-end=\"2535\"\u003e• Segmented Upper Blade\u003cbr data-start=\"2562\" data-end=\"2565\"\u003e• Segmented Lower Blade\u003cbr data-start=\"2592\" data-end=\"2595\"\u003e• Segmented Bending Blade\u003cbr data-start=\"2625\" data-end=\"2628\"\u003e• Backgauge\u003cbr data-start=\"2648\" data-end=\"2651\"\u003e• Left\/Right Angle Segments 75 mm | 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 200 | 250 | 270 mm\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693036769608,"sku":"06-1402B","price":3770.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TB_1270_Flex_con_lame_segmentate.jpg?v=1758642363"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-bm-3020","title":"Bernardo BM 3020 – Manual folding machine with cutting rails 3020 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"247\" data-end=\"307\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BM 3020 Folder with Cutting Rails\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"360\" data-end=\"1345\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"409\" data-end=\"448\"\u003eBernardo BM 3020 manual folder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a universal machine designed for sheet metal workshops, craft workshops, and maintenance departments that require precision and reliability. With a working length of 3020 mm and a capacity of up to 1.0 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), it allows for standard bends on long sheets with consistent and professional results. The sheet is clamped by foot pedal, leaving the hands free for optimal workpiece positioning. The robust welded steel structure ensures long life and stability, while the adjustment of the upper blade and the thickness screw allows for quick and efficient adaptations. All bearings and guides are maintenance-free, ensuring long-term reliability. Weighing approximately 980 kg, the BM 3020 offers robustness and stability even for the most demanding jobs, making it ideal for artisanal and light industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1347\" data-end=\"1350\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1352\" data-end=\"1831\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1352\" data-end=\"1385\"\u003e✅ Main features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1385\" data-end=\"1388\"\u003e• Working length 3020 mm, max. thickness 1.0 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1439\" data-end=\"1442\"\u003e• Foot pedal clamping: hands free during positioning\u003cbr data-start=\"1504\" data-end=\"1507\"\u003e• Robust welded steel structure for heavy-duty use\u003cbr data-start=\"1563\" data-end=\"1566\"\u003e• Adjustable upper blade for efficient processing\u003cbr data-start=\"1620\" data-end=\"1623\"\u003e• Sheet thickness adjustment via screw up to 1.0 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1680\" data-end=\"1683\"\u003e• Handle for quick and easy bending\u003cbr data-start=\"1732\" data-end=\"1735\"\u003e• Maintenance-free bearings and guides\u003cbr data-start=\"1778\" data-end=\"1781\"\u003e• Ideal for sheet metal workshops and craft workshops\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1833\" data-end=\"1836\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1838\" data-end=\"1863\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1838\" data-end=\"1861\"\u003e📊 Technical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_tableContainer_1rjym_1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group _tableWrapper_1rjym_13 flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable data-start=\"1865\" data-end=\"2197\" class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-start=\"1865\" data-end=\"1885\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1865\" data-end=\"1885\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1865\" data-end=\"1875\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1875\" data-end=\"1885\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-start=\"1896\" data-end=\"2197\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1896\" data-end=\"1914\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1896\" data-end=\"1902\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1902\" data-end=\"1914\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1915\" data-end=\"1934\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1915\" data-end=\"1923\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1923\" data-end=\"1934\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBM 3020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1935\" data-end=\"1966\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1935\" data-end=\"1955\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1955\" data-end=\"1966\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e3020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1967\" data-end=\"2011\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1967\" data-end=\"2001\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2001\" data-end=\"2011\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2012\" data-end=\"2045\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2012\" data-end=\"2036\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2036\" data-end=\"2045\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2046\" data-end=\"2079\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2046\" data-end=\"2066\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2066\" data-end=\"2079\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2080\" data-end=\"2108\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2080\" data-end=\"2098\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2098\" data-end=\"2108\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2109\" data-end=\"2139\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2109\" data-end=\"2128\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2128\" data-end=\"2139\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e3500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2140\" data-end=\"2161\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2140\" data-end=\"2151\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2151\" data-end=\"2161\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2162\" data-end=\"2181\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2162\" data-end=\"2170\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2170\" data-end=\"2181\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2182\" data-end=\"2197\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2182\" data-end=\"2187\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2187\" data-end=\"2197\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e980 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"2199\" data-end=\"2202\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2204\" data-end=\"2391\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2204\" data-end=\"2238\"\u003e📦 Package contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2238\" data-end=\"2241\"\u003e• Bernardo BM 3020 Folder\u003cbr data-start=\"2270\" data-end=\"2273\"\u003e• Integrated cutting rails\u003cbr data-start=\"2301\" data-end=\"2304\"\u003e• Handle\u003cbr data-start=\"2323\" data-end=\"2326\"\u003e• Clamping foot pedal\u003cbr data-start=\"2348\" data-end=\"2351\"\u003e• Sheet thickness adjustment screw\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693037719880,"sku":"06-1419XL","price":6600.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_BM_3020_con_rotaie_di_taglio.jpg?v=1758638895"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbm-3020","title":"Bernardo TBM 3020 – Motorised folding machine with segmented blade 3020 mm","description":"\u003cp data-end=\"343\" data-start=\"271\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TBM 3020 Motorized Folding Machine with Segmented Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1456\" data-start=\"397\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-end=\"478\" data-start=\"446\"\u003eBernardo TBM 3020 folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional motorized machine, designed for precise bending of sheet metal up to 3020 mm in length and 1.0 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). Equipped with a segmented upper blade, it allows for a wide range of bending possibilities, including complex boxes and profiles. The upper blade advancement and the bending process are motorized, with a chain drive to ensure power and consistency in operation. The graduated ring allows for precise adjustment of the bending angle, while the foot pedal with integrated emergency stop switch ensures maximum safety and hands-free operation for positioning the workpiece. The robust welded steel structure and large flat guides guarantee stability and precise movements. With a weight of 1630 kg and dedicated motors for the upper blade (0.37 kW) and the bending blade (0.75 kW), the TBM 3020 is ideal for workshops, sheet metal shops, and professional departments that require reliability, efficiency, and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"1461\" data-start=\"1458\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1973\" data-start=\"1463\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"1496\" data-start=\"1463\"\u003e✅ Main features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-end=\"1499\" data-start=\"1496\"\u003e• Motorized folding machine with segmented upper blade\u003cbr data-end=\"1556\" data-start=\"1553\"\u003e• Working length 3020 mm, max thickness 1.0 mm\u003cbr data-end=\"1610\" data-start=\"1607\"\u003e• Motorized upper blade advancement and bending\u003cbr data-end=\"1665\" data-start=\"1662\"\u003e• Graduated ring for precise bending angle adjustment\u003cbr data-end=\"1734\" data-start=\"1731\"\u003e• Chain drive for constant power\u003cbr data-end=\"1781\" data-start=\"1778\"\u003e• Robust welded steel structure for stability and long life\u003cbr data-end=\"1851\" data-start=\"1848\"\u003e• Large flat guides for accurate movements\u003cbr data-end=\"1912\" data-start=\"1909\"\u003e• Foot pedal with integrated emergency stop switch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"1978\" data-start=\"1975\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2005\" data-start=\"1980\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"2003\" data-start=\"1980\"\u003e📊 Technical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_tableContainer_1rjym_1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group _tableWrapper_1rjym_13 flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"2027\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2027\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2017\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2027\" data-start=\"2017\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2038\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2056\" data-start=\"2038\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2044\" data-start=\"2038\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2056\" data-start=\"2044\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2077\" data-start=\"2057\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2065\" data-start=\"2057\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2077\" data-start=\"2065\"\u003eTBM 3020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2109\" data-start=\"2078\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2098\" data-start=\"2078\"\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2109\" data-start=\"2098\"\u003e3020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2154\" data-start=\"2110\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2144\" data-start=\"2110\"\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2154\" data-start=\"2144\"\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2202\" data-start=\"2155\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2192\" data-start=\"2155\"\u003eMax. opening width with segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2202\" data-start=\"2192\"\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2252\" data-start=\"2203\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2242\" data-start=\"2203\"\u003eMax. opening width without segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2252\" data-start=\"2242\"\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2292\" data-start=\"2253\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2283\" data-start=\"2253\"\u003eMax. closed passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2292\" data-start=\"2283\"\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2326\" data-start=\"2293\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2313\" data-start=\"2293\"\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2326\" data-start=\"2313\"\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2355\" data-start=\"2327\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2345\" data-start=\"2327\"\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2355\" data-start=\"2345\"\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2392\" data-start=\"2356\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2383\" data-start=\"2356\"\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2392\" data-start=\"2383\"\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2434\" data-start=\"2393\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2423\" data-start=\"2393\"\u003eUpper blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2434\" data-start=\"2423\"\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2479\" data-start=\"2435\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2468\" data-start=\"2435\"\u003eBending blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2479\" data-start=\"2468\"\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2498\" data-start=\"2480\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2489\" data-start=\"2480\"\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2498\" data-start=\"2489\"\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2529\" data-start=\"2499\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2518\" data-start=\"2499\"\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2529\" data-start=\"2518\"\u003e3680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2551\" data-start=\"2530\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2541\" data-start=\"2530\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2551\" data-start=\"2541\"\u003e760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2571\" data-start=\"2552\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2560\" data-start=\"2552\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2571\" data-start=\"2560\"\u003e1450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2572\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2577\" data-start=\"2572\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2577\"\u003e1630 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"2593\" data-start=\"2590\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2900\" data-start=\"2595\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"2629\" data-start=\"2595\"\u003e📦 Package contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-end=\"2632\" data-start=\"2629\"\u003e• Bernardo TBM 3020 Folding Machine\u003cbr data-end=\"2665\" data-start=\"2662\"\u003e• Segmented upper blade\u003cbr data-end=\"2695\" data-start=\"2692\"\u003e• Graduated scale for bending angle\u003cbr data-end=\"2738\" data-start=\"2735\"\u003e• Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr data-end=\"2778\" data-start=\"2775\"\u003e• Bending segments: 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 150 | 200 | 200 | 200 | 270 | 400 | 400 | 400 | 400 mm\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693044371784,"sku":"06-1411XL","price":12560.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_motorizzata_Bernardo_TBM_3020_con_lama_segmentata.jpg?v=1758641512"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-dks-200","title":"Bernardo Portal Hydraulic Press DKS 200","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo DKS 200 Gantry Hydraulic Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DKS 200 hydraulic press is designed for high-power industrial operations, ideal for machine shops, structural fabrication, and heavy repairs. The movable frame allows the pressure point to be adjusted across the entire working width, offering maximum flexibility for inserting large components. With a pressing force of 200 tons and a piston with a 300 mm stroke, it guarantees high performance even in the most demanding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 200-ton pressing force for heavy industrial work\u003cbr\u003e• Movable frame with longitudinal travel up to 2000 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Wide clear passage between uprights: 2550 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke and 300 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e• Powerful 15 kW motor for constant and controlled thrust\u003cbr\u003e• Robust structure with a total weight of 11,000 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Fast approach speed and optimized working speed\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for pressing, assembly, straightening, and large-scale machining\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMovable frame longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear passage between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• DKS 200 movable frame hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with adjustable stroke\u003cbr\u003e• Sliding longitudinal frame\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control unit and motor\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693112332616,"sku":"06-2130","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_idraulica_a_portale_DKS_200_200_tonnellate.jpg?v=1757951575"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-dks-300","title":"Bernardo DKS 300 Portal Hydraulic Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo DKS 300 Gantry Hydraulic Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DKS 300 hydraulic press is a professional machine designed for extremely heavy pressing operations. Thanks to its massive structure and mobile frame with a longitudinal travel of up to 3000 mm, it is ideal for the mechanical industry, shipbuilding, and processing large steel frames. The 300-ton force, combined with a piston with an enlarged 360 mm diameter, ensures uniform pressure even on large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eMain features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 300 tons pressing force for high-tonnage work\u003cbr\u003e• Mobile frame with longitudinal travel up to 3000 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Useful passage between uprights of 2550 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke and 360 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e• 18.5 kW industrial motor for continuous and reliable thrust\u003cbr\u003e• Imposing structure with a total weight of 15,800 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Optimized approach and working speeds for rapid production cycles\u003cbr\u003e• Perfect for molding, structural assemblies, insertion of pins or bushings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile frame longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful passage between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 15,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• DKS 300 mobile frame hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with adjustable stroke\u003cbr\u003e• Sliding frame over the entire length\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control unit with 18.5 kW motor\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693113348424,"sku":"06-2131","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_idraulica_a_portale_DKS_300_300_tonnellate.jpg?v=1757952118"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-dks-400","title":"Bernardo Gantry Hydraulic Press DKS 400","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"300\" data-end=\"355\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Gantry Hydraulic Press DKS 400\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"300\" data-end=\"355\"\u003eThe DKS 400 is a top-tier hydraulic press designed to tackle the most demanding industrial tasks. With a pressing force of 400 tons, a 420 mm diameter piston, and a movable frame with a 2800 mm longitudinal travel, this machine guarantees power, precision, and flexibility even for large components. It is ideal for steel structure production, heavy metal fabrication, and shipbuilding and railway industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Impressive pressing force: 400 tons\u003cbr\u003e• Movable frame with 2800 mm longitudinal travel\u003cbr\u003e• Clear distance between uprights of 2550 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke and 420 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e• High-power 22 kW motor for continuous and reliable operation\u003cbr\u003e• Robust structure with an overall weight of 18,000 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Optimized speeds for approach (12 mm\/sec) and work (4 mm\/sec)\u003cbr\u003e• Ideal for pin insertion, bending, shrink fitting, and industrial assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel of movable frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear distance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 18,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• DKS 400 hydraulic press with movable frame\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with stroke adjustment\u003cbr\u003e• 22 kW three-phase motor\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control unit\u003cbr\u003e• Sliding frame for full-length processing\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693114593608,"sku":"06-2132","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_idraulica_a_portale_DKS_400_400_tonnellate.jpg?v=1757952545"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-150","title":"Bernardo HCP 150 – Single Column Hydraulic Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo Single Column Hydraulic Press HCP 150\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 150 is a C-frame hydraulic press designed for the most demanding industrial applications. With a pressing force of 150 tons and a piston stroke of 300 mm, this machine is ideal for stamping, punching, shrinking, and high-pressure assembly. The robust structure with a large 700 x 1100 mm work surface allows for processing even large components, while the 260 mm throat depth offers operational flexibility. The powerful 7.5 kW motor and 340-liter tank ensure efficient and reliable continuous operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eMain Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum pressing force: 150 tons\u003cbr\u003e• C-frame structure with easy front access\u003cbr\u003e• Lower table measuring 700 x 1100 mm with a 120 mm central hole\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke\u003cbr\u003e• Working speed: 3.5 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e• Upper ram 500 x 750 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Throat depth: 260 mm\u003cbr\u003e• 7.5 kW motor – oil flow rate 40 l\/min\u003cbr\u003e• 340-liter oil tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth (usable depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough hole in table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 x 1400 x 2750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7700 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Complete HCP 150 press\u003cbr\u003e• Hydraulic unit with 7.5 kW motor\u003cbr\u003e• 340-liter oil tank\u003cbr\u003e• Work table with through hole\u003cbr\u003e• Ground upper piston\u003cbr\u003e• Control panel with emergency buttons\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693115904328,"sku":"06-2143","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HCP_150_Pressa_idraulica_a_colonna_singola_da_150_tonnellate.jpg?v=1758029525"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-30","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press HCP 30","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"328\" data-end=\"388\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HCP 30 Single-Column Hydraulic Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 30 is a C-frame hydraulic press designed to ensure precision, speed, and versatility in stamping, deep drawing, and assembly operations. With a force of 30 tons and a 5.5 kW motor, it offers high performance in a compact footprint. The gooseneck structure allows for wide frontal accessibility, ideal for manual or semi-automatic positioning tasks, making it perfect for workshops, production departments, and metal processing centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Pressing force up to 30 tons\u003cbr\u003e• C-frame for easy front access\u003cbr\u003e• 200 mm ram stroke with speed control\u003cbr\u003e• High productivity thanks to a return speed of 90 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e• 450 x 700 mm bottom plate with an 80 mm through-hole\u003cbr\u003e• Powerful 5.5 kW motor and 40 l\/min pump\u003cbr\u003e• Compact yet robust structure, weighing 3400 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Large 150-liter oil tank for continuous use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom plate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat (useful depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-hole in the table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1680 x 850 x 2250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Pre-assembled HCP 30 press\u003cbr\u003e• Hydraulic unit with 5.5 kW motor\u003cbr\u003e• Machined ram and table with through-hole\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated 150-liter oil tank\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control panel with safety buttons\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693117018440,"sku":"06-2140","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_idraulica_Bernardo_HCP_30_30_tonnellate_per_lavorazioni_industriali.jpg?v=1758027071"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-60","title":"Bernardo HCP 60 Single Column Hydraulic Press – 60 tons, C-frame, 5.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 60 single-column hydraulic press offers 60 tons of pressing force, a C-frame structure with front access, a ram with a 250 mm stroke, a 500×700 mm lower table with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a 430×500 mm upper ram, a useful depth (throat) of 250 mm, a 5.5 kW motor, a 200-liter oil tank, an approach speed of 26 mm\/sec and a working speed of 8.5 mm\/sec, and a return speed of 47 mm\/sec. Weight 4,000 kg. Suitable for stamping, deep drawing, punching, and industrial assembly. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing Force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e C-frame (front access)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 700 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful Depth (throat):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRam (stroke):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 4,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCP 60 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 60 is a single-column hydraulic press with a C-frame, sized for industrial workshops with stamping, deep drawing, punching, and assembly needs up to 60 tons. It is in the mid-range of the HCP family: more powerful than the HCP 30 (30 t) and faster in cycles than the HCP 100 and HCP 150 (working speed 8.5 mm\/sec vs 5.5 and 3.5 mm\/sec). This speed-force balance makes it suitable for series production of medium-sized components where cycle speed is important. The 500×700 mm table with a Ø 100 mm through-hole and the 250 mm throat offer front access for assembly and shrink-fitting. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops with series production of small to medium components, light to medium stamping, industrial spare parts manufacturers, and maintenance workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo HCP range, the HCP 60 occupies the lower-mid range: below the HCP 30 (30 t, 3,400 kg), above the HCP 100 (100 t, 5,400 kg) and the HCP 150 (150 t, 7,700 kg, top of the range). The HCPs share a philosophy (C-frame, front access) but scale in capacity: larger molds require more powerful presses and consequently slower cycles (the working speed of 8.5 mm\/sec of the HCP 60 is halved on the HCP 100 and triples in time on the HCP 150). For workshops with series production of small to medium parts that do not exceed 60 tons, the HCP 60 is the correctly sized choice. For heavy industrial applications on large components, move up to HCP 100\/150 or switch to the DKS gantry range (DKS 200\/300\/400). The key difference between HCP vs DKS remains: HCP for quick front access on standard parts, DKS for long parts with a movable frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 4,000 kg, it requires a pallet jack or forklift with adequate capacity for unloading. Dimensions 1,820 × 960 × 2,400 mm: check ceiling height. Original Bernardo spare parts such as pistons, seals, hydraulic pump, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCP 60 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine with 4,000 kg weight and 60 tons. 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with series production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 tons with rapid cycles (approach 26 mm\/sec, working 8.5 mm\/sec) for series production of small to medium components. Ø 100 mm through-hole allows punching and shrink-fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight to medium stamping \/ parts manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed-force balance suitable for series production. The 250 mm throat and 500×700 mm table cover most standard light stamping parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 60 tons (consider HCP 100 or HCP 150); long parts requiring pressure at different points (DKS gantry range); workshops without a 400V three-phase line; automated series production with CNC positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful depth (throat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and ram\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-hole in the table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydraulic system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,820 × 960 × 2,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 4,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled Bernardo HCP 60 press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic unit with 5.5 kW motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround upper ram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200-liter tank with oil included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl panel with safety buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HCP 60 or HCP 100 better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum tonnage required. Up to 50-55 tons, the HCP 60 is correctly sized with faster cycles. For regular applications over 55 tons, the HCP 100 is the logical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 60 has a working speed of 8.5 mm\/sec vs 5.5 mm\/sec for the HCP 100: in series production, this difference results in a 50% higher output rate. The HCP 100 has a larger table (600×1100 vs 500×700) and a Ø 120 mm through-hole (vs 100). For high-volume production of small to medium parts, the HCP 60 is preferable; for larger parts or higher forces, the HCP 100.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HCP 60 suitable for deep drawing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor light to medium deep drawing, yes (sheets up to 2-3 mm on standard shapes). For complex deep drawing or thicker materials, consider HCP 100\/150.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deep drawing capacity depends on sheet thickness, drawing depth, and mold geometry. The 250 mm ram stroke of the HCP 60 is less than the 300 mm of the HCP 100 and 150: for deep drawing, this difference can be limiting. For industrial deep drawing of standard parts, the HCP 60 is adequate; for special applications, verify the actual stroke required by the mold before making a choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work with domestic three-phase sockets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical domestic three-phase sockets (6 kW) can handle the HCP 60's 5.5 kW motor at its limit. For continuous use, a dedicated industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.5 kW motor can reach peak power at startup, potentially tripping the safety switch on undersized meters. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check available power. For intensive use, a dedicated commercial or industrial meter is recommended. Krollit does not provide on-site electrical service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.5 kW motor typically consumes 5-6 kWh per hour of actual operation at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 3.5-4.5 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual consumption depends on the fraction of time the motor is under load. For workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to turn off the motor between spaced work cycles to reduce standby consumption. The HCP 60 is designed for intensive intermittent use: rapid cycles alternated with rest periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,820 × 960 × 2,400 mm. For handling parts and front access, an operating area of at least 3.5 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 2.8 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,400 mm height allows installation in workshops with standard 3-meter ceilings without problems. The contained depth (960 mm) facilitates integration even in workshops with limited space. The 4,000 kg weight requires a standard industrial floor, not lightweight flooring. The working height of the lower table (~700-800 mm) is ergonomic for standing operators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693117641032,"sku":"06-2141","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HCP_60_Pressa_idraulica_a_colonna_singola_da_60_tonnellate.jpg?v=1758027962"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-d5","title":"Bernardo D5 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – gray cast iron, effective force 1,560 kg, workpiece height 445 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo D5 manual rack and pinion press (renamed DP 5 in technical material) features a gray cast iron structure, effective force of 1,560 kg \/ 15,298 N with an 800 mm adjustable lever and 60 kg manual force, a usable workpiece height of 445 mm, a column axis distance of 215 mm, a 50×50×645 mm spindle, and a Ø 257 mm rotating plate with multiple openings (19, 28, 38, 68 mm). It is suitable for inserting\/extracting bearings, bushings, gears, straightening, and broaching. Weight 160 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 800 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,560 kg \/ 15,298 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 445 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn axis distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 215 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 257 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 × 50 × 645 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 160 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the D5 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo D5 (also called DP 5) is the top-of-the-range manual rack and pinion press in the DP family, sized for heavy-duty workshop applications. The gray cast iron structure (vs steel of smaller DP 1\/2\/3 models) provides maximum stability and resistance under high loads. With a usable workpiece height of 445 mm and an 800 mm adjustable lever, it handles operations that smaller manual presses cannot: straightening medium shafts, inserting\/extracting large bearings, assembling gears, broaching. The effective force of 1,560 kg is achieved with a manual effort of 60 kg on the lever, a lever ratio of over 25:1. The Ø 257 mm rotating plate with 4 openings (19, 28, 38, 68 mm) allows different components to pass through without changing equipment. In Krollit's customer laboratories, it is chosen by mechanical workshops, maintenance departments, railway workshops for small maintenance, transmission manufacturers, and disassembly laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the DP range of Bernardo manual rack and pinion presses, the D5 is the top model in terms of size and capacity. Below it: DP 1 (force 1,140 kg, height 135 mm, weight 11 kg) for small components; DP 2 (force 1,285 kg, height 190 mm, weight 30 kg) intermediate; DP 3 (force 1,181 kg, height 300 mm, weight 40 kg) for taller pieces. The D5 stands out for its gray cast iron structure (vs steel of other DPs) and significantly larger dimensions (160 kg vs 11-40 kg). For applications requiring pieces up to 445 mm high or stable forces over 1.2 tons, the D5 is the only choice in the manual range. Above manual presses, Bernardo offers HCP hydraulic presses starting from 30 tons, sized for industrial needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 160 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two people with care for handling and installation. It must be fixed to a robust workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the D5 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool sized for professional use. For occasional hobby use, smaller models (DP 2 or DP 3) might be more practical and less expensive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ maintenance department\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor inserting\/extracting large bearings, assembling gears, straightening medium shafts. The cast iron structure provides superior stability compared to other DPs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransmission department \/ mechanical manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable workpiece height of 445 mm handles components that smaller manual presses cannot accommodate. The Ø 257 mm rotating plate with multiple openings speeds up operation changes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring force greater than 1.5 tons (consider HCP hydraulic presses); high-volume serial production (the press is manual, not automatic); pieces over 445 mm in height; use on a construction site without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e445 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn axis distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on the lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on the workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,560 kg \/ 15,298 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and rotating plate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 × 645 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating plate diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e257 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating plate openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Ø 19 mm \/ 1 × Ø 28 mm \/ 1 × Ø 38 mm \/ 1 × Ø 68 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 550 × 810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo D5 manual press (gray cast iron machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 257 mm rotating plate with multiple openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e800 mm long adjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the D5 made of gray cast iron while the DP 1\/2\/3 are made of steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGray cast iron has superior vibration damping capabilities compared to steel and greater stability under static loads. On smaller DP models (1\/2\/3), the advantage of cast iron is not noticeable, but on the D5 with forces up to 1.5 tons, cast iron improves working precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of material depends on the scale. The cast steel of the DP 1\/2\/3 is correctly sized for their capacities (forces up to 1.3 t and heights up to 300 mm). For the D5 with greater forces and dimensions, cast iron provides thermal mass and rigidity that reduce micro-vibrations during precision operations such as shaft straightening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I really apply 1.5 tons with 60 kg of effort?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the principle of the lever: with an 800 mm lever and the internal mechanical ratio of the rack, a manual effort of 60 kg is multiplied by over 25 on the rack. The effective force on the workpiece is 1,560 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever-force ratio is a design characteristic of the press: a longer lever = greater force multiplication. The D5 with an 800 mm lever has the highest ratio in the DP range (26:1 ratio vs 19:1 for the DP 1 with a 350 mm lever). This allows a single operator to exert forces that would otherwise be impossible manually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the workbench or can it be used freestanding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt must be fixed to a robust workbench using the mounting holes in the base. The force exerted by the lever requires stability: without fastening, the machine will lift during pressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbench must be sized to withstand lateral and lifting forces during pressing operations. A light or unstable workbench makes the D5 inaccurate and potentially dangerous. The machine's 160 kg weight helps stability but does not replace mechanical fastening to the workbench. Standard fastening bolts are sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I do broaching with the D5?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is one of the stated applications. The effective force of 1,560 kg allows broaching on small-medium components in standard steels. For broaching large components or hard steels, consider hydraulic presses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroaching requires constant and progressive force during the stroke: the D5's rack is designed to generate uniform force. For repetitive broaching in production, manual cycling can be limiting; for serial production, consider hydraulic presses with automated cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the DP 3?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe D5 has an effective force of 1,560 kg vs 1,181 kg, a workpiece height of 445 mm vs 300 mm, a cast iron structure vs steel, and a weight of 160 kg vs 40 kg. It is sized for more demanding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP 3 is already a good capacity manual press for most workshops. The D5 is justified for specific applications requiring pieces up to 445 mm high or stable forces over 1.2 tons, such as straightening medium-large shafts or industrial-sized bearings. For general use, the DP 3 is sufficient with lower cost and footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693118296392,"sku":"06-1015","price":834.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_a_cremagliera_Bernardo_D5_in_ghisa_grigia.jpg?v=1758093186"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-dp1","title":"Bernardo DP1 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – solid steel, effective force 1,140 kg, workpiece height 135 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP1 manual rack and pinion press features a torsion-free solid steel frame, effective force of 1,140 kg \/ 11,183 N with an adjustable 350 mm lever and 60 kg manual force, useful workpiece height of 135 mm, distance from column axis 95 mm, spindle 24×24×240 mm, and a Ø 115 mm rotary table with multiple openings (3 × Ø 17 mm, 1 × Ø 28 mm). Suitable for inserting\/removing bearings, bushings and small components, riveting, straightening, and broaching. Weighs 11 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 350 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,140 kg \/ 11,183 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance from column axis:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotary table:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 115 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 × 24 × 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torsion-free solid steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DP1 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP1 is the entry-level manual rack and pinion press in the DP family, sized for small components in craft workshops, maintenance laboratories, and mechanical departments. With a weight of 11 kg and dimensions of 190×270×330 mm, it is the most compact in the range, suitable for workbenches with limited space or for mobile workshops that require a portable tool. The effective force of 1,140 kg is sufficient for inserting\/extracting small bearings, standard bushings, precision assemblies, and light broaching operations on small parts. The useful height of 135 mm is the limit for manageable workpieces: beyond this measurement, a higher model in the family is needed. In Krollit customer laboratories, it is chosen by mechanical modeling hobbyists, precision workshops, watch and precision mechanism repairers, and maintenance departments where portability is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP1 is the entry point of the DP family. Above it: DP 2 (force 1,285 kg, workpiece height 190 mm, weight 30 kg); DP 3 (force 1,181 kg, workpiece height 300 mm, weight 40 kg); D5 \/ DP 5 (force 1,560 kg, workpiece height 445 mm, weight 160 kg cast iron). The progression is not only dimensional but also in purpose: DP1 for small precision, DP 2\/3 for intermediate generalist use, D5 for heavy-duty applications. The effective force does not scale linearly with weight: the DP 2 has greater force than the DP 3 (1,285 vs 1,181 kg) because the lever-rack ratio is optimized differently. For those working on pieces under 130 mm in height and looking for a compact and lightweight tool, the DP1 is the correct choice; for taller pieces, choose the appropriate DP model from the range with adequate useful height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 11 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and can be handled and installed by one person. It must be fixed to a workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DP1 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist passionate about fine mechanics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact size, adequate force for small bearings and bushings. Entry-level tool that covers the vast majority of hobby precision needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision workshop \/ mechanical watchmaking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,140 kg force sufficient for inserting minute bearings without damaging components. Rotary table with multiple openings allows precise positioning of small parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance department with medium-sized parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful workpiece height of 135 mm can be limiting. For standard general mechanical workshop parts, consider DP 2 (190 mm) or DP 3 (300 mm) with little price difference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working on pieces over 135 mm in height (consider DP 2, DP 3, or D5); applications requiring forces over 1.1 tons (DP 2 at 1.285 t or D5 at 1.56 t); high-volume serial production; on-site use without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance from column axis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,140 kg \/ 11,183 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and rotary table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 × 24 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × Ø 17 mm \/ 1 × Ø 28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 270 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTorsion-free solid steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DP 1 manual press (machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotary table with openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the DP1 really suitable for daily workshop use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but for small parts under 135 mm in height. For generalist use on standard mechanical workshop parts, the DP 2 (190 mm workpiece height) is sized more correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP1 is a precision tool for small mechanics: watchmaking, model making, precision repairs. For general workshops with various parts, the 135 mm height can be limiting. The price difference between DP1 and DP 2 is contained: for growing workshops, the DP 2 is strategically preferable as an investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I exert 1,140 kg with 60 kg of effort?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the principle of the lever. With a 350 mm lever and the internal gear ratio of the rack, a manual effort of 60 kg multiplies by approximately 19 on the rack, reaching 1,140 kg of effective force on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever-force ratio is designed to generate forces adequate for the size of the workpieces. The DP1 with a 350 mm lever is the 'shortest' in the DP range: larger models have longer levers (D5 at 800 mm) to generate higher forces. For prolonged use, the 350 mm lever is also the most ergonomic for quick and repetitive movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it must be fixed using the mounting holes in the base. Without fixing, the press lifts during the pressing operation, reducing precision and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFixing is particularly important on the DP1: its 11 kg weight is not enough to counteract the pressing reaction. Standard workbench fixing bolts are sufficient. For temporary or portable use, a heavy cast iron base is available as an accessory that can replace workbench fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the DP1 for wire bending?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision bending of metal wire up to 4-5 mm in diameter on mild steel. For thicker wires, the available force may be insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire bending requires dedicated equipment (forming curves) mounted on the spindle. The DP1 is a general-purpose tool: with suitable accessories (purchased separately), it lends itself to various bending, riveting, and straightening applications. For repetitive bending in production, consider hydraulic presses with dedicated tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intermittent craft use, the DP1 is designed for decades of durability. The rack is the component with the most wear: with minimal maintenance (periodic lubrication), it maintains precision for many years of daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP1 is a simple mechanical tool without electrical or hydraulic components subject to failure. Maintenance is reduced to periodic lubrication of the rack and greasing of the joints. For intensive professional use, it may be necessary to replace the rack after many years; original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693119705416,"sku":"06-1000","price":115.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_a_cremagliera_Bernardo_DP1_compatta_da_banco.jpg?v=1758036498"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-dp2","title":"Bernardo DP2 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – solid steel, effective force 1,285 kg, workpiece height 190 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP2 manual rack and pinion press offers a solid, torsion-free steel structure, an effective force of 1,285 kg \/ 12,605 N with an adjustable 450 mm lever and a manual force of 60 kg, a useful working height of 190 mm, a column axis distance of 145 mm, a 31×31×350 mm ram, and a Ø 155 mm rotary table with multiple openings (3 × Ø 24 mm, 1 × Ø 35 mm). Suitable for inserting\/extracting bearings, bushings, small components, straightening, bending, light broaching. Weight 30 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 450 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,285 kg \/ 12,605 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn axis distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotary table:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 155 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRam:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31 × 31 × 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid torsion-free steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DP2 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP2 is the intermediate manual rack and pinion press in the DP family, a typical choice for general workshops seeking a compromise between capacity and footprint. With a useful workpiece height of 190 mm and an effective force of 1,285 kg, it covers the vast majority of mechanical workshop operations: inserting\/extracting standard bearings, mounting bushings, straightening small shafts, bending wire, and light broaching. Its 30 kg weight provides adequate stability while remaining transportable by one person. The effective force of 1,285 kg is the highest in the DP range at a weight lower than the D5 (160 kg): an optimized force-to-weight ratio for everyday artisanal use. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is the most frequent choice among manual rack and pinion presses for general workshops, maintenance departments, and artisanal laboratories working with standard-sized parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP2 is the most balanced model in the DP family. Below it is the DP1 (force 1,140 kg, height 135 mm, weight 11 kg) for small applications; above it is the DP3 (force 1,181 kg, height 300 mm, weight 40 kg) for taller workpieces; and the D5 (force 1,560 kg, height 445 mm, weight 160 kg cast iron) for heavy-duty applications. The DP2 has the highest effective force in the range under 50 kg in weight: the DP3 trades off workpiece height (300 mm) for lower force (1,181 kg), the lever-rack ratio is balanced differently. For the vast majority of general workshops, the DP2 is the correctly sized choice: 190 mm workpiece height covers standard bearings, bushings, and small shafts, 1,285 kg force handles most standard operations, 30 kg weight allows occasional repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 30 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and can be handled by one person. It must be fixed to a sturdy workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DP2 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalance of capacity-footprint suitable for advanced hobby use on standard-sized mechanical components. Durable tool for years of intermittent use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost frequent choice for everyday artisanal use. 1,285 kg force and 190 mm height cover the vast majority of standard mechanical workshop operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance department \/ artisanal workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptimal compromise between capacity and portability. For workpieces exceeding 190 mm in height, consider DP3 or D5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working on pieces over 190 mm high (consider DP3 or D5); applications requiring forces over 1.3 tons (D5); high-volume series production (the press is manual); on-site use without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn axis distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,285 kg \/ 12,605 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRam and rotary table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 × 31 × 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × Ø 24 mm \/ 1 × Ø 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 × 415 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid torsion-free steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DP 2 manual press (machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotary table with openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the DP2 or DP3 better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical height of the workpieces. The DP2 has a workpiece height of 190 mm and a force of 1,285 kg; the DP3 has a height of 300 mm but a lower force (1,181 kg). For small workpieces requiring high force, the DP2 is preferable; for tall workpieces, the DP3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe key difference is not just dimensional but a trade-off: the DP3 sacrifices force for workpiece height, the DP2 sacrifices height for force. For use primarily with standard bearings and bushings, the DP2 is correctly sized. For tall workpieces (shafts, posts, profiles), the DP3 is necessary. The price difference is small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I press bearings onto medium shafts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, up to 190 mm workpiece height. For bearings on taller shafts, consider DP3 (300 mm) or D5 (445 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost bearings on workshop shafts fall within the 190 mm useful height. For specific applications (industrial motor shafts, long spindles), a press with greater useful height may be necessary. Check the total height of the assembled component (bearing + shaft overhang) before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the bench or is it stable on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt must be fixed to the bench using the mounting holes. The 30 kg weight is not sufficient to counteract the pressing reaction: without fixing, the machine will lift during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard bench bolts are sufficient. The bench must be sturdy and sized to withstand lateral forces during pressing. For workshops without an adequate bench, an optional heavy base is available as an accessory. For temporary or portable use, consider smaller models (DP1).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow fast is it at inserting standard bearings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard bearings, the complete cycle (positioning, pressing, removal) takes 30-60 seconds. Speed is limited by workpiece positioning, not by the rack and pinion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP2's rack and pinion has adequate travel for most pressing operations in a single pass. For deep insertions, it may be necessary to pump the lever multiple times: each lever stroke advances the ram by a few millimeters. For high-volume series production, consider hydraulic presses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long do the rack and gears last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn intermittent artisanal use, the DP2 is designed for decades of life with minimal maintenance (periodic lubrication). Mechanical components are sized for regular use without significant wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sign that intervention is needed is excessive play in the rack or difficulty of movement. Routine maintenance: grease the rack every 6-12 months depending on use. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693121573192,"sku":"06-1005","price":185.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_Bernardo_DP2_da_banco_con_leva_regolabile.jpg?v=1758038529"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-dp3","title":"Bernardo DP3 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – solid steel, effective force 1,181 kg, workpiece height 300 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP3 manual rack and pinion press offers a solid, torsion-free steel structure, an effective force of 1,181 kg \/ 11,585 N with an adjustable 500 mm lever and a manual force of 60 kg, a working height of 300 mm, a column axis distance of 150 mm, a 37×37×435 mm spindle, and a Ø 185 mm rotary table with multiple openings (2 × Ø 24 mm, 1 × Ø 28 mm, 1 × Ø 40 mm). Suitable for inserting\/extracting bearings, bushings, straightening medium shafts, bending, and light broaching. Weight 40 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 500 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,181 kg \/ 11,585 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn axis distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotary table:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 185 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 × 37 × 435 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid torsion-free steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 40 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DP3 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP3 is the rack and pinion manual press from the DP family sized for workpieces up to 300 mm high, a typical choice for workshops that work on drive shafts, mechanical uprights, long profiles, and components that exceed the useful height of the DP2 (190 mm). The effective force of 1,181 kg with a 500 mm lever is dimensioned for inserting\/extracting standard bearings and bushings, straightening medium shafts, bending thick wire, and light broaching. The Ø 185 mm rotary table with four openings (24, 28, 40 mm) handles components of various sizes without changing tooling. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is chosen by mechanical workshops working on transmissions, engine and gearbox repairers, transmission component manufacturers, and maintenance workshops that regularly work on shafts and tall components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the DP family, the DP3 is the manual press for tall workpieces with intermediate dimensions. Below: DP1 (135 mm workpiece height, 11 kg) and DP2 (190 mm, 30 kg, superior force 1,285 kg). Above: D5 (445 mm, 160 kg cast iron, force 1,560 kg). The practical difference between DP3 and DP2: the DP3 sacrifices a bit of force (1,181 vs 1,285 kg) to offer an additional 110 mm of usable workpiece height. For workshops that primarily work on bearings on short shafts, the DP2 is more suitable: it has superior force with lower weight. For workshops that regularly work on tall workpieces (shafts, uprights, profiles), the DP3 is a must: the DP2 with its 190 mm usable height cannot accommodate them. For workpieces over 300 mm in height, move up to the D5 with its 445 mm usable height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 40 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and can be handled by one person. It must be fixed to a sturdy workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DP3 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanically enthusiastic hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced hobby use on shafts and tall components. For bearings on standard shafts, the DP2 with superior force may be preferable.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop working on shafts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm usable workpiece height handles standard drive shafts, mechanical uprights, long profiles that the DP2 cannot accommodate. 1,181 kg force is adequate for standard bearings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine \/ transmission component repairer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor disassembling and reassembling bearings on transmission components. Rotary table with multiple openings speeds up operation changes for bearings of different sizes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations on workpieces over 300 mm in height (consider D5 with 445 mm); applications requiring forces over 1.2 tons (D5 with 1.56 tons); high-cadence series production; construction site use without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn axis distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,181 kg \/ 11,585 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Rotary Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 × 37 × 435 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 24 mm \/ 1 × Ø 28 mm \/ 1 × Ø 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 460 × 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid torsion-free steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DP 3 manual press (machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotary table with multiple openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy does the DP3 have less force than the DP2 despite being larger?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever-rack ratio is designed differently: the DP3 prioritizes usable workpiece height (300 mm), accepting slightly lower force. It's a design trade-off choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP3's rack is longer than the DP2's to support taller workpieces, and this changes the internal mechanical ratio. The DP3 with a 500 mm lever and long rack has a ratio of 19.7:1, slightly lower than the DP2 (21.4:1 with a 450 mm lever). For applications requiring maximum force, the DP2 is preferable; for applications requiring usable height, the DP3 is a must.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of shafts can I work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard drive shafts up to 300 mm in length (with bearings) or longer components for the pressing part only. For shafts with total bearings up to 200-250 mm in length, the DP3 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 300 mm usable height is the distance between the table and the spindle in the upper position: the workpiece must fit into this space. For shafts with lateral protrusions (keyway, integral gears), the effective usable height is reduced. Check the dimensions of the assembled component before choosing the press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the DP3 to mount bearings on shafts without damaging them?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the correct technique. Use specific pressing tools (guide bushings, pressure rings) that distribute the force on the inner ring of the bearing, not on the rollers or the outer ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInserting bearings without damaging them is a standard mechanical technique: the press applies the force, but it is the intermediate tooling that distributes it correctly. Without adequate tooling, any press risks damaging the bearings. The DP3 with its multiple openings on the rotary table allows for flexible use of various sized tooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the mounting holes in the base. The 40 kg weight is not sufficient to maintain stability during significant pressing operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbench must be sized to withstand lateral and lifting forces during pressing. Standard fastening bolts are sufficient. For workshops without an adequate bench, an optional cast iron base is available for semi-stationary use. For temporary or portable use, consider DP1 or DP2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich among DP1, DP2, DP3, D5 makes sense for my workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical workpiece height and the required force. In summary: DP1 for small workpieces under 135 mm (force 1,140 kg, weight 11 kg); DP2 for standard workpieces under 190 mm with superior force (1,285 kg, weight 30 kg); DP3 for tall workpieces under 300 mm (force 1,181 kg, weight 40 kg); D5 for tall workpieces under 445 mm with superior force (1,560 kg, weight 160 kg cast iron).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice is not automatic: workshops with varied work may find it makes sense to consider two complementary presses (e.g., DP1 for precision + DP3 for tall workpieces) instead of a single compromised one. The price of DPs is contained, and each is specific to a type of application. For general workshops with only one tool, the DP2 is the best balance between force, workpiece height, and footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693123637576,"sku":"06-1010","price":280.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_Bernardo_DP3_da_banco_con_leva_regolabile.jpg?v=1758039224"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-3200x100","title":"Hydraulic press brake Bernardo AKPL 3200 x 100 – 100 tons, 3,200 mm, NC E21S numerical control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AKPL 3200 x 100 hydraulic press brake offers 100 tons of bending force, a working length of 3,200 mm, a distance between uprights of 2,600 mm, a ram stroke of 110 mm, a throat depth of 320 mm, a backgauge with a ball screw of 0-600 mm, an NC E21S numerical control, a segmented upper tool with quick clamping, a lower tool with 9 V-openings, a 7.5 kW motor, a 260 liter tank, approach and return speeds of 90 mm\/sec, and a bending speed of 8 mm\/sec. SDKELI safety system with side guard and emergency pedal. Weight 6,700 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBending force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between uprights:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThroat depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackgauge (X-axis):\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 – 600 mm with ball screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumerical control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated NC E21S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 6,700 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AKPL 3200 x 100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AKPL 3200 x 100 is a hydraulic press brake with numerical control for industrial sheet metal bending up to 3.2 meters long with 100 tons of force. Synchronized cylinders ensure parallel descent of the upper beam: a decisive feature for uniform bends over the entire length, avoiding 'crooked' bends typical of manual bending machines over significant lengths. The backgauge with ball screw (0-600 mm stroke) and the NC E21S control allow for positioning repeatability of less than 0.1 mm, transforming the AKPL into a semi-automated production machine: the operator programs the bending sequence, and the machine correctly positions the sheet metal for each bend. The segmented upper tool with quick clamping and the lower tool with 9 V-openings cover the vast majority of standard bends without tool changes. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by industrial metal fabricators, steel structure construction workshops, industrial frame manufacturers, and sheet metal processing workshops that require precision and repeatability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 3200 x 100 is the entry-industrial hydraulic press brake in the Bernardo AKPL range. Above it, the range offers AKPL with higher tonnages (130, 160, 220 tons) and lengths up to 4 meters for heavy industrial applications. Below it (in terms of processing type) are the TBM 2020\/3020 motorized bench folders for lighter production on sheet metal up to 1.5 mm. The difference between AKPL and TBM is in purpose: TBM bends thin sheet metal (max 1.5 mm) with a blade tool, AKPL bends thick sheet metal with a V-tool. The AKPL 3200 x 100 with 100 tons is sized for bending mild steel up to approximately 4-5 mm thick (actual capacity depends on the V-geometry used). For bending sheet metal over 5 mm thick or lengths over 3.2 meters, consider higher tonnage AKPLs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 6,700 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and a suitably sized workshop access. Dimensions 3,650 × 2,080 × 2,300 mm: check ceiling height and flooring. A suitably sized reinforced concrete foundation is recommended. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Italian customer support is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the AKPL 3200 x 100 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 6,700 kg with numerical control. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial metal fabricator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons over 3,200 mm with NC E21S control covers most standard industrial bends. Backgauge with ball screw offers positioning repeatability below 0.1 mm.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel structure production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for series production on medium sheet metal. Cylinder synchronization produces uniform bends over the entire working length. SDKELI safety system complies with industrial regulations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing sheet metal over 4-5 mm thick (consider AKPL with higher tonnage); pieces over 3,200 mm long; bending thin sheet metal (under 1.5 mm) for which TBM bench folders are more suitable; high-volume automated series production with robotic manipulators (integrated CNC presses).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumerical control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNC E21S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSegmented with quick clamping system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 V-openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydraulic system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDKELI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtective grid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLateral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWith emergency stop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,650 × 2,080 × 2,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 6,700 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AKPL 3200 x 100 press brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackgauge with ball screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower tool with 9 V-openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront sheet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNC E21S numerical control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSDKELI safety system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide protective grid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do 'synchronized cylinders' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two hydraulic cylinders (one per upright) move in strict parallel thanks to a mechanical or electronic synchronization system. The upper beam descends straight, avoiding inclined bends along the length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn bending machines without synchronization, the two cylinders can move at slightly different speeds, producing 'crooked' bends (tighter at one end than the other). Over significant lengths like 3.2 meters, this discrepancy is unacceptable for industrial production. Synchronization is a crucial design feature of professional press brakes, and Bernardo implements it as standard on the AKPL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I bend thick sheet metal with the AKPL 3200 x 100?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe actual capacity depends on the V-geometry used. For mild steel with correctly sized V-dies, the machine typically bends 3-5 mm thick in single bends over the entire working length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBending force is not only a function of the press's tonnage: it also depends on the width of the V-die (wider V-die requires less force), the bent length, and the material's resistance. For thicker bends, it is recommended to consult the Bernardo bending tables (supplied with the machine) which indicate the actual capacity for each thickness-V-length-material combination. Regular processing over 5 mm thick requires a higher tonnage AKPL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the NC E21S control easy to use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is an entry-industrial numerical control with an intuitive operator interface. It allows programming of bending sequences, program storage, and automatic sheet development calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe NC E21S is an industry standard with a manageable learning curve: an experienced bending operator learns programming in 2-3 days of practice. Programming a complex bending sequence requires expertise in bending technique (correct order, sheet development calculation, V-die selection), expertise that belongs to the operator, not the control. For repetitive series production, the initial programming investment quickly pays off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's 6,700 kg weight. For precision work, a dedicated slab isolated from the rest of the floor is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 100 tons of force during bending generate reactions that are discharged onto the foundation. A standard industrial floor of good quality is generally sufficient; for workshops with light or filled-in floors, dedicated consolidation is recommended. Krollit does not provide foundation laying services: involve a qualified installer for site preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it produce in one hour of standard bending?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard repetitive bends on medium-sized sheet metal with a single bend per piece, the typical output is 60-100 pieces per hour, considering piece and backgauge positioning. With multiple bends per piece, the output is proportionally reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine cycle speed (90 mm\/sec approach, 8 mm\/sec bend, 90 mm\/sec return) allows for rapid cycles. Actual output is limited by piece positioning: the backgauge with ball screw and NC control significantly speed up this aspect compared to manual bending machines. For automated production with feeding robots, dedicated industrial configurations are necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693125636424,"sku":"06-1971XL6","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_3200_x_100_CNC_E21S_100_t.jpg?v=1758099049"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-100","title":"Bernardo HCP 100 Single-Column Hydraulic Press – 100 tons, C-frame, 7.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 100 single column hydraulic press offers a pressing force of 100 tons, a C-frame structure with front access, a piston with a 300 mm stroke, a lower table of 600×1,100 mm with a Ø 120 mm through-hole, an upper ram of 420×680 mm, a usable depth (throat) of 260 mm, a 7.5 kW motor, a 300-liter oil tank, an approach speed of 17.5 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5.5 mm\/sec, and a return speed of 37 mm\/sec. Weight: 5,400 kg. Suitable for punching, stamping, shrinking, and industrial assembly. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e C-frame (front access)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,100 mm with Ø 120 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable depth (throat):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston (stroke):\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 5,400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCP 100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 100 is the intermediate single-column hydraulic press in the HCP family, sized for industrial applications between the 60 tons of the HCP 60 and the 150 of the HCP 150. With a 600×1,100 mm table, Ø 120 mm through-hole, and 260 mm throat, it offers front access for stamping, punching, and shrinking medium-to-large components. The working speed of 5.5 mm\/sec is the natural balance between the available 100 tons and cycle times: faster than the HCP 150 (3.5 mm\/sec) but slower than the HCP 60 (8.5 mm\/sec). The 300-liter oil tank (vs 200 of the HCP 60) better manages heat during prolonged cycles, making the machine sized for continuous industrial use. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, medium-heavy stamping, mold makers, industrial mechanical component maintenance, and precision workshops for medium-sized parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 100 occupies the upper-intermediate segment of the HCP family. Below: HCP 30, HCP 60. Above: HCP 150 (top of the range). The 600×1,100 mm table and the Ø 120 mm through-hole are the same as the HCP 150: the difference is in tonnage and cycle times. For applications using medium-sized molds (typical 450×900 mm) but not requiring 150 tons, the HCP 100 is correctly sized with faster cycles. For applications regularly requiring 130-150 tons, the HCP 150 is the logical choice. The price difference between HCP 100 and HCP 150 is significant: for workshops operating predominantly below 100 tons, the HCP 100 avoids oversizing. For mixed applications with occasional peaks above 100 tons, evaluate whether it is preferable to oversize with HCP 150 or limit applications to the HCP 100 capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 5,400 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity for unloading. Dimensions 1,335 × 1,300 × 2,750 mm: check ceiling height. Original Bernardo spare pistons, seals, hydraulic pump, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCP 100 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine with a weight of 5,400 kg and 100 tons. 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons with a large table (600×1,100 mm) cover most standard industrial applications. 300-liter tank sized for continuous use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMold maker \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for medium-sized molds and series production. Ø 120 mm through-hole allows through-punching and operations with scrap.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 100 tons (consider HCP 150); long parts with pressures at different points (DKS portal range); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line; automated series production with CNC positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable depth (throat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and ram\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-hole in the table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 × 680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydraulic system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,335 × 1,300 × 2,750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5,400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled Bernardo HCP 100 hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic unit with 7.5 kW motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork table with central hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround upper ram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300-liter oil tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl panel with safety system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HCP 100 or HCP 150 better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum tonnage required. Up to 90 tons, the HCP 100 is correctly sized. For applications that regularly exceed 90-100 tons, the HCP 150 is the logical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 100 and HCP 150 share the same table (600×1,100 mm) and through-hole (Ø 120 mm): identical geometry. The only difference is in tonnage and speeds. Constantly working at 90-100% of nominal capacity increases wear and energy consumption. Oversizing the press allows for optimal operation, but costs more. For general workshops with mixed applications around 80-100 tons, the HCP 100 is the correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for deep drawing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor medium-deep drawing, yes (sheets up to 3-4 mm on standard shapes). The 300 mm piston stroke is adequate for most standard industrial drawing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep drawing requires force, adequate stroke, and correct mold geometry. The HCP 100 with 300 mm stroke and 100 tons handles most medium drawing. For extreme drawing on thick sheet metal (over 4 mm), consider HCP 150 or portal presses. For series production on specific drawing, consider dedicated presses with servo controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 7.5 kW motor sufficient for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 300-liter oil tank is sized to manage the heat generated during prolonged cycles. The HCP 100 is designed for standard continuous industrial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic oil heats up due to friction during operation; the 300-liter tank (50% larger than the HCP 60) provides sufficient thermal mass for prolonged daily cycles without exceeding operating temperatures. For intensive use in a hot environment or for extreme duty cycles, installing an optional heat exchanger may be advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use different sized molds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 600×1,100 mm table accommodates molds of various sizes; the Ø 120 mm through-hole allows for scrap ejection and through-operations. Molds larger than 600×1,100 mm cannot be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost standard industrial molds fit within the table dimensions. For larger molds, it is recommended to plan ahead: the HCP 100 has a fixed, non-expandable geometry. For production of components significantly larger than the table, consider the DKS portal range, where the movable frame and 2,550 mm between uprights handle larger parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7.5 kW motor, at full load, typically consumes 7.5-8.5 kWh per hour of actual operation. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 5-6 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to organize cycles to minimize standby times with the motor running. Switching off between spaced cycles reduces average consumption. For continuous use, consumption is close to the nominal maximum. Optional energy recovery systems are available on advanced industrial versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693128520008,"sku":"06-2142","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HCP_100_Pressa_idraulica_a_colonna_singola_da_100_tonnellate.jpg?v=1758028582"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-ap-1020-150","title":"Bernardo AP 1020-150 Universal Industrial Hydraulic Press - 150 tons, 1,020 mm width, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1020-150 universal hydraulic industrial press offers a pressing force of 150 tons, a usable working width of 1,020 mm, a usable height of 275 mm, a lower table of 600×1,020 mm with a Ø 100 mm through hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, bending capacity up to 8 mm, adjustable speeds (advance 10 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec), an 11 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,200 kg. Suitable for bending, stamping, straightening, and assembling metal components. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,020 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 275 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,020 mm with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBending capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AP 1020-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1020-150 is a universal hydraulic industrial press, designed as a single solution that combines multiple applications: bending, stamping, straightening, assembly. The difference with HCP presses (C-frame, front access) and DKS presses (portal, mobile frame) is structural: the AP is a universal press with a wide table and ample usable passage, dimensioned to handle pieces requiring mixed processes. Its bending capacity up to 8 mm distinguishes it: with dedicated V-tools, it bends sheets up to this thickness, a function that HCP presses do not natively offer. The adjustable speeds (advance 10, working 5, return 10 mm\/sec) balance productivity and control. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by general industrial mechanical workshops, mixed fabrication shops with various processes, manufacturers who alternate bending and pressing, and industrial prototyping laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo AP universal press range, the AP 1020-150 is the model with the smallest width (1,020 mm) and maximum tonnage (150 t). Also available are AP 1520-100 (width 1,520 mm, 100 t) and AP 1520-150 (width 1,520 mm, 150 t): each tonnage-width combination covers specific needs. The choice between AP 1020-150 and AP 1520-150: same tonnage but different usable width (1,020 vs 1,520 mm). For pieces under 1 meter wide, the AP 1020-150 is correctly sized; for wider pieces, the AP 1520-150 is mandatory. The AP 1020-150 weighs 3,200 kg vs 3,500 kg for the AP 1520-150: a slight difference due to the shorter frame. Compared to the HCP and DKS ranges, the difference is in purpose: AP presses are universal for mixed processes, while HCP and DKS presses are dedicated (HCP for front stamping, DKS for gantry for large pieces).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). With 3,200 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm: check workshop access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AP 1020-150 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine requiring 3,200 kg weight and 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral industrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons with bending capacity up to 8 mm cover typical mixed processes of a general workshop. Ø 100 mm through hole allows punching and shrink-fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed fabrication \/ prototyping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal solution for workshops that alternate bending, pressing, straightening. The bending capacity up to 8 mm distinguishes the AP from HCP presses, which do not bend thick sheet metal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring over 150 tons (consider DKS 200\/300\/400 gantry presses); pieces over 1,020 mm usable width (consider AP 1520-150); bending long sheet metal in series production (prefer dedicated AKPL press brakes); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,150 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AP 1020-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a universal AP press and an HCP press?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHCP presses are C-frame presses dedicated to stamping and shrink-fitting with front access; AP presses are universal presses with a wide table and bending capacity. AP presses handle mixed processes (bending + pressing), while HCP presses are optimized for pressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on the typical type of work. For workshops that only do stamping\/shrink-fitting, the HCP is the more direct choice; for workshops that alternate thick sheet metal bending and pressing, the AP is universal. The AP 1020-150 with an 8 mm bending capacity covers operations that the HCP 150 cannot natively perform. The price difference between the two categories is limited: the AP costs slightly more than the equivalent HCP due to its greater flexibility of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I bend sheet metal up to 8 mm with the AP 1020-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with dedicated V-tools. The nominal capacity of 8 mm refers to mild steel with a V-die correctly sized for the thickness. For sheet metal over 8 mm, consider dedicated AKPL press brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBending is a secondary function of the AP, not its primary one: the machine is optimized for pressing, but with adequate tools, it bends sheet metal within its capacity. For series production bending of thick sheet metal, it is recommended to consider AKPL industrial press brakes, dedicated to bending with cylinder synchronization and NC control. For occasional bending integrated with other operations, the AP 1020-150 is adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the solid cast iron structure better than welded steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor industrial presses, cast iron offers greater stability under static loads and better vibration damping. It is the traditional choice for precision industrial presses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo presses of the AP series use cast iron for the main frame: this distinguishes them from entry-level industrial presses with welded steel frames that are less expensive but subject to vibrations and deformations over time. For daily industrial use, cast iron is a choice that pays off in terms of durability and precision. For occasional use, the difference is less perceptible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 11 kW motor consume during production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically draws 11-12 kWh per hour of actual operation at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorption depends on the fraction of time the motor is under thrust vs. resting. For workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to plan cycles to reduce standby times with the motor on. Turning off the motor between spaced cycles reduces average consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm. For handling pieces, an operating area of at least 4 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 2.8 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of 2,340 mm allows installation in workshops with standard 3-meter ceilings. The 3,200 kg weight requires a standard industrial floor, not a light-duty one. The 600×1,020 mm table handles standard-sized pieces for light and medium fabrication. For wider pieces, consider the AP 1520 (1,520 mm usable width).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693133074760,"sku":"06-2122","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AP_1020-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758121392"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-ap-1520-100","title":"Bernardo AP 1520-100 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press – 100 tons, 1,520 mm width, 7.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-100 universal hydraulic industrial press offers 100 tonnes of pressing force, a useful working width of 1,520 mm, a useful height of 325 mm, a lower table of 500×1,520 mm with a Ø 100 mm through hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, bending capacity up to 8 mm, adjustable speeds (advance 8 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec), a 7.5 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,300 kg. Suitable for bending, stamping, and straightening large workpieces. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tonnes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 1,520 mm with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBending capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AP 1520-100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-100 is a universal hydraulic industrial press sized for large workpieces up to 1,520 mm wide. With 100 tonnes of force distributed over a 500×1,520 mm table, it is the choice for workshops that regularly process wide components: light carpentry frames, standard 1,500 mm sheet metal, industrial panels, long profiles. The useful width of 1,520 mm distinguishes it from the AP 1020 (1,020 mm): it allows for processing pieces in a single operation that the 1020 would have to process in multiple stages or could not accommodate. The useful height of 325 mm (vs 275 mm of the AP 1020) offers more vertical space for tall dies and spacious equipment. The 100 tonnes are suitable for wide pieces with distributed pressures: for large pieces requiring high concentrated pressures, the AP 1520-150 is correctly sized. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by light-medium carpentry workshops, metal frame manufacturers, industrial panel builders, and workshops that process standard format sheet metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the AP universal press range, the AP 1520-100 is the model with the largest width (1,520 mm) and lower tonnage (100 t). Above it is the AP 1520-150 (same width 1,520 mm, 150 tonnes, 11 kW motor): for applications requiring more force over the same width. Alongside it is the AP 1020-150 (1,020 mm width, 150 tonnes): for narrower pieces with more force. The choice between AP 1520-100 and AP 1020-150 depends on the compromise between width and force. For wide pieces (over 1 meter), the 1520-100 is necessary; for narrower pieces requiring more force, the 1020-150. For those who want both (1,520 mm width + 150 t force), the AP 1520-150 is the top choice. The price difference between the three models is proportional to power\/size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 3,300 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,250 mm: verify laboratory access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the AP 1520-100 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 3,300 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-medium carpentry workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful width of 1,520 mm handles standard frames and panels. 100 tonnes are adequate for most distributed pressing over large widths.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel production \/ frame builder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor pieces exceeding 1 meter in width, the AP 1520-100 is the correctly sized choice. Bending capacity up to 8 mm on widths up to 1.5 meters.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 100 tonnes on the same width (consider AP 1520-150 with 150 t); pieces over 1,520 mm useful width (consider DKS portal range); series production bending of long sheet metal (prefer dedicated AKPL bending machines); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,650 × 1,400 × 2,250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AP 1520-100 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen does it make sense to choose the AP 1520-100 instead of the AP 1020-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the width of the workpieces is the predominant constraint. The 1520-100 has an additional 500 mm of useful width but 50 tonnes less force. For pieces over 1 meter, the 1520-100 is necessary; for narrower pieces, the 1020-150 offers more force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice is strategic and depends on the typical work in the workshop. For manufacturers of panels, frames, standard 1,500 mm sheet metal, the 1520-100 is correctly sized. For workshops that primarily process narrow mechanical components (shafts, profiles, supports), the 1020-150 is preferable. For those who want both (1,520 mm width + 150 t force), the AP 1520-150 combines both features at a higher cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 100 tonnes sufficient over such a large width?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pressures uniformly distributed over the 1,520 mm width, yes. For concentrated pressures on a single point, 100 tonnes is the limit: for very high concentrations, consider the AP 1520-150 with 150 tonnes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe effective pressure on the workpiece depends on the contact surface: 100 tonnes concentrated over 100 cm² produce a pressure of 10 t\/cm², the same value with 1,000 cm² is 100 kg\/cm². For distributed pressing, the 1520-100 is correctly sized. For deep drawing or concentrated force fitting, the 1520-150 is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the AP 1520-100 for bending long sheet metal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional bending, yes, up to 8 mm thickness over lengths within 1,520 mm. For series production bending, consider dedicated AKPL bending machines with cylinder synchronization and NC control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP is a universal press, not a dedicated bending machine: it correctly bends sheet metal within its capacity but lacks the specific features of AKPL machines (cylinder synchronization, backgauge with ball screw, NC control). For workshops with bending as their primary operation, the AKPL is preferable; for mixed workshops with occasional bending, the AP is adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AP 1520-100 work with a standard industrial meter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 7.5 kW motor (smaller than the 11 kW motor of the AP 150) is powered by standard industrial meters. This is an advantage compared to the AP 1520-150.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe power consumption of the 7.5 kW motor can be managed by standard industrial electrical panels without special sizing. For workshops with limitations on available power, the AP 1520-100 is the more accessible choice compared to the AP 1520-150 (11 kW motor). The difference in electricity consumption over time can be significant for workshops with intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe advance speed of 8 mm\/sec is low compared to the AP 1020-150 (10 mm\/sec). Why?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is due to the motor: 7.5 kW vs 11 kW. For the same pump capacity, the less powerful motor produces slightly lower speeds. It's a trade-off between costs (motor) and cycle rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor high-volume series production, the difference between 8 and 10 mm\/sec translates into slightly slower cycles (8-10% more time per cycle). For intermittent use, the difference is negligible. The AP 1520-100 with a 7.5 kW motor is sized for standard daily use, not for high-volume automated production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693134451016,"sku":"06-2121","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AP_1520-100_100_ton.jpg?v=1758122564"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-ap-1520-150","title":"Bernardo AP 1520-150 Universal Industrial Hydraulic Press – 150 tons, 1,520 mm width, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-150 universal industrial hydraulic press offers a pressing force of 150 tons, a useful working width of 1,520 mm, a useful height of 275 mm, a lower table of 600×1,520 mm with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, bending capacity up to 8 mm, adjustable speeds (advance 10 mm\/sec, work 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec), an 11 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,500 kg. Top of the range of AP universal presses: maximum useful width combined with maximum force. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 275 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,520 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBending capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AP 1520-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-150 is the top of the range of AP universal presses, combining the maximum useful width (1,520 mm) with the maximum force (150 tons) in the family. It is the choice for industrial workshops that regularly process large pieces and require high distributed pressures. The advance speed of 10 mm\/sec is the maximum value in the AP family, comparable to the AP 1020-150 (both with 11 kW motor): faster series production compared to the AP 1520-100 (8 mm\/sec with 7.5 kW motor). The 600×1,520 mm table with a Ø 100 mm through-hole and a useful height of 275 mm cover standard industrial processing of wide workpieces. In Krollit customer laboratories, it is chosen by industrial metal fabrication shops, large-format sheet metal working shops, industrial frame manufacturers, and component manufacturers who require mixed processing on wide workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP 1520-150 is at the top of the Bernardo AP universal press range. Below it, other AP models (1020-150, 1520-100) offer trade-offs on one of the two dimensions (width or tonnage) for lower costs. Above the AP in the Bernardo range are DKS gantry presses (200\/300\/400 t) for long workpieces with a mobile frame, and dedicated AKPL press brakes for industrial series bending. The difference with DKS: AP is universal (bending + pressing), DKS is dedicated to pressing on long workpieces with a mobile frame. The difference with AKPL: AP handles occasional bending, AKPL is an industrial press brake with cylinder synchronization and NC control. For general industrial workshops with mixed processing and wide workpieces, the AP 1520-150 is the most complete choice in the universal category. For dedicated specialized applications, the DKS or AKPL are sized differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With 3,500 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm: verify access to the workshop. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AP 1520-150 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range industrial machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial metal fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum useful width (1,520 mm) and maximum force (150 t) of the AP range. Suitable for complete industrial processing of wide workpieces: bending, pressing, shrinking, straightening.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure production \/ sheet metal working shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops that require the universal top of the Bernardo range. For dedicated applications (only pressing on long workpieces, only industrial bending) consider DKS or AKPL.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e exclusively pressing long workpieces (DKS range is specialized and more suitable); series production of industrial bending (AKPL range with NC); pieces over 1,520 mm useful width; occasional use (oversizing, consider smaller AP models).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,650 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AP 1520-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal protective devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the price difference worth it compared to the AP 1520-100?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical work. The AP 1520-150 has 50 more tons and an advance speed of 10 mm\/sec (vs 8) thanks to the 11 kW motor (vs 7.5 kW). For series production on jobs requiring higher force, the difference pays off; for occasional use, the 1520-100 is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice between the two depends on the duty cycle and the required tonnage. For workshops with regular processing at 100-130 tons, the 1520-100 at the limit of its capacity wears out more quickly: the 1520-150 operates at optimal regime (50-70% of nominal capacity). For predominantly use below 80-90 tons, the 1520-100 is correctly sized with a significantly lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I bend thick sheet metal with the AP 1520-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, up to 8 mm thick (nominal bending capacity of the AP family). For series production on thick sheet metal or for superior bending quality, consider dedicated industrial AKPL press brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8 mm capacity refers to mild steel with correctly sized V-tools. For sheet metal over 8 mm, the AP is not suitable, and for series production, the AKPL offers specific features (cylinder synchronization, NC control, precise backgauge) that the AP does not have. For those who regularly bend sheet metal up to 8 mm occasionally and also do pressing\/shrinking, the AP 1520-150 is the correct universal choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the solid cast iron structure limit the machine's movement in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 3,500 kg cast iron makes moving it a non-trivial operation. For occasional repositioning, a heavy-duty pallet jack or forklift is needed. For fixed use, the machine is sized to remain in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron is a dense and stable material, suitable for stability in operation but not for portability. For workshops undergoing spatial organization, it is important to plan the final position in advance. Once positioned, the AP 1520-150 is designed for multi-decade use in the same position. For occasional movements, contact industrial installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an industrial press in this range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, a Bernardo press from the AP range is designed for a service life of over 20 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (piston seals, bearings, hydraulic pump) are replaceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe solid cast iron structure does not wear out: the 3,500 kg weight is a structural dimensioning that ensures multi-decade durability. Components subject to maintenance are replaceable parts with original Bernardo spares available. For continuous intensive use, seal replacement typically occurs every 3-5 years; other components have a longer lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically consumes 11-12 kWh per hour of actual operation at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to organize cycles to minimize standby times with the motor running. Turning it off between spaced cycles reduces average consumption. For continuous use, consumption is close to the maximum nominal. Optional energy recovery systems are available on advanced industrial versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693135270216,"sku":"06-2123","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AP_1520-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758123441"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-at-1020-100","title":"Bernardo AT 1020-100 universal hydraulic industrial press – 100 tons, 1,020 mm width, 680 mm working height, 7.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-100 universal hydraulic industrial press offers 100 tons of pressing force, a useful working width of 1,020 mm, a useful height of 680 mm, a lower table of 500×1,020 mm with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, an advance speed of 8 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5 mm\/sec, a return speed of 10 mm\/sec, a 7.5 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 2,800 kg. Suitable for molding, bending, straightening, and assembly of tall workpieces. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,020 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 680 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 1,020 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 2,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AT 1020-100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-100 is the universal low-force press in the AT family, sized for operations requiring generous useful height (680 mm, the highest in the family) but not maximum forces. The 680 mm useful height is the highest value among Bernardo AP\/AT universal presses: it allows for processing of tall molds and vertical components that AP presses with 275 mm cannot accommodate, and even the AT 1520-150 with 610 mm cannot reach. The 100 tons are sized for tall molds that require distributed, not concentrated, pressures. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops with deep molds, manufacturers of vertical components (cylinders, tall shafts), and prototyping laboratories that alternate different molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT 1020-100 is the entry-level model of Bernardo's AT family. Above it are the AT 1020-150 (same width, 150 t, 610 mm height) for more force but less height, and the AT 1520-150 (1,520 mm width, 150 t, 610 mm height) for wider workpieces. A distinctive feature of the AT 1020-100: it has the most extended useful height in the family (680 mm vs 610 mm for other ATs). This design choice makes sense: with lower tonnage, the structure can be taller without compromising stability. For workshops that work with very tall molds but do not require 150 tons, the AT 1020-100 is the most targeted choice in the range. For those who want more force and accept 70 mm less height, they can move up to the AT 1020-150 or AT 1520-150.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 2,800 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,480 mm: check workshop access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AT 1020-100 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine with a weight of 2,800 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with deep and tall molds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful height of 680 mm is the most extended in the AT family. Allows molding on tall vertical components that would require specialized industrial presses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer of vertical components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor cylinders, tall shafts, vertical assemblies. 100 tons are adequate for distributed pressures on tall molds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 100 tons (consider AT 1020-150 at 150 t); flat machining that does not utilize the 680 mm height (the AP 1020 is more economical); parts wider than 1,020 mm (consider AT 1520-150); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,150 × 1,400 × 2,480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 2,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AT 1020-100 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hydraulic system with integrated pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic tool set for assembly and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy does the AT 1020-100 have a useful height of 680 mm, while the AT 1020-150 only has 610 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith lower tonnage (100 vs 150 t), the structure can be designed taller without compromising overall stability. It's a deliberate trade-off: less force but more vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50 fewer tons allow for a less massive but taller structure. For workshops that prioritize mold height, this choice is strategic. Workshops that require maximum force with intermediate height choose the AT 1020-150. Those who want both characteristics at their maximum must switch to dedicated industrial presses outside the universal AP\/AT range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the AP 1020-100 (100 t, 1,020 mm width)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP 1020-100 does not exist in the standard Bernardo range: for 100 t and 1,020 mm width, only the AT version with 680 mm useful height exists. For 100 t in AP format, the AP 1520-100 (1,520 mm width, 325 mm height) is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP range is optimized for limited heights (275-325 mm), the AT range for extended heights (610-680 mm). Bernardo does not offer all possible combinations: for each width-tonnage configuration, it chooses the useful height consistent with typical use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 7.5 kW motor sufficient for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The motor is sized for continuous cycles with an advance speed of 8 mm\/sec. For series production with standard cycle times, the AT 1020-100 operates without thermal limitations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7.5 kW power consumption is manageable by standard industrial control panels without special sizing. For workshops with limited available power, the AT 1020-100 is the most accessible choice in the AT family (the AT 1020-150 requires 11 kW).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I work with components larger than 500×1,020 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the part fits on the table in a different orientation or if the pressing is concentrated in an area that falls within the table. For consistently larger parts, consider the AT 1520-150 (600×1,520 mm table).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower table of the AT 1020-100 is 500×1,020 mm: the part must rest on this surface for pressing. Wider parts can overhang laterally if they do not require pressure in that area. For series production on larger parts, it is recommended to switch to a properly sized press.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much operational space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,480 mm. For workpiece handling, an operational area of at least 3.5 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of 2,480 mm allows installation in workshops with standard 3-meter ceilings. The weight of 2,800 kg is the lowest in the AT family, facilitating initial installation and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693136810312,"sku":"06-2110","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AT_1020-100_100_ton.jpg?v=1758116819"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-at-1020-150","title":"Bernardo AT 1020-150 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press – 150 tons, width 1,020 mm, working height 610 mm, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-150 universal industrial hydraulic press offers a pressing force of 150 tons, a useful working width of 1,020 mm, a useful height of 610 mm, a lower table of 600×1,020 mm with a Ø 100 mm through hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, an advance speed of 9 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5 mm\/sec, a return speed of 10 mm\/sec, an 11 kW motor, and a massive cast iron structure. Weight 3,400 kg. Suitable for stamping, bending, straightening, and assembly. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,020 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,020 mm with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AT 1020-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-150 is a universal industrial hydraulic press sized for processes requiring a generous working height (610 mm) combined with high force (150 tons). The distinctive difference compared to the AP models of the same family is precisely the useful height: the AP 1020-150 has 275 mm, the AT 1020-150 has 610 mm. This feature makes it suitable for working with tall dies, pressing in components of significant height, assembling vertical assemblies, and applications that the AP models cannot accommodate due to height limitations. The 150 tons distributed over a width of 1,020 mm allow high pressures on medium-sized workpieces. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops with tall dies, manufacturers of mechanical components requiring vertical assemblies, and workshops that alternate mixed operations on tall workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT 1020-150 belongs to the AT family of Bernardo universal presses, parallel to the AP family. The key difference between AT and AP is the useful height: AT offers 610-680 mm, AP offers 275-325 mm. Same tonnage (100 or 150 t) and widths (1,020 or 1,520 mm), but more than double the useful height. Above it is the AT 1520-150 (same force, 1,520 mm width). Alongside is the AT 1020-100 (same width, 100 t). The choice between the AT and AP family depends on the height of the workpieces: for tall dies and components, the AT is a must; for flat operations, the AP is correctly sized with lower cost. The 3,400 kg weight of the AT 1020-150 (vs 3,200 kg of the AP 1020-150) reflects the taller structure required to accommodate the 610 mm useful height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With 3,400 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,450 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm: check workshop access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the AT 1020-150 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 3,400 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with tall dies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm useful height handles dies and components that the AP (275 mm) cannot accommodate. 150 tons suitable for deep drawing and vertical pressing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer of industrial mechanical components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor vertical assemblies and operations requiring vertical space. The AT family is the correctly sized choice when the die or component is tall.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring over 150 tons (consider DKS portal presses); workpieces over 1,020 mm useful width (consider AT 1520-150); applications that do not require extended useful height (the AP 1020-150 with 275 mm is more economical); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,450 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMassive cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AT 1020-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal protective devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference between AT 1020-150 and AP 1020-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT has a useful height of 610 mm vs 275 mm for the AP. Same tonnage (150 t), same width (1,020 mm), same motor (11 kW). The AT is structurally taller and weighs 3,400 kg vs 3,200 kg for the AP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on the height of the workpieces and dies. For operations with tall dies, vertical pressing of components, assemblies requiring vertical space, the AT is mandatory. For flat operations (shallow stamping, bending, simple pressing) the AP is correctly sized with a lower cost. The price difference reflects the greater structural height of the AT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use standard dies of various sizes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 600×1,020 mm table, Ø 100 mm through hole, and 610 mm useful height accommodate the vast majority of standard industrial dies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 610 mm useful height is the key advantage: dies requiring 300-600 mm of height between the table and ram do not fit in the AP but fit correctly in the AT. For dies over 600 mm, consider dedicated industrial presses with greater useful height or portal configurations (DKS) with other geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eThe advance speed of 9 mm\/sec is lower than the AP 1020-150 (10 mm\/sec). Why?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is due to the longer internal cylinder stroke for the taller structure. With the same motor and pump capacity, a taller structure requires slightly more time to fill the cylinder during the approach stroke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference of 9 vs 10 mm\/sec is marginal (10% more time). For high-volume series production, the difference is negligible. For daily artisanal use, the difference is imperceptible. The advantage of the extended useful height far outweighs this slower speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically draws 11-12 kWh per effective hour at full load. With a standard 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to plan cycles to reduce standby times with the motor running. Switching off between spaced cycles reduces average consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,450 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm. For workpiece handling, an operating area of at least 4 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,540 mm height allows installation in workshops with a standard 3-meter ceiling. The 3,400 kg weight requires a standard industrial floor. The 600×1,020 mm table handles standard light and medium fabrication workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693137924424,"sku":"06-2112","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AT_1020-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758118488"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-at-1520-150","title":"Bernardo AT 1520-150 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press – 150 tons, 1,520 mm width, 610 mm working height, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1520-150 universal hydraulic industrial press offers 150 tons of pressing force, a useful working width of 1,520 mm, a useful height of 610 mm, a lower table of 600×1,520 mm with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, an advance speed of 9 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5 mm\/sec, a return speed of 10 mm\/sec, an 11 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,800 kg. Top of the range of AT universal presses: maximum width with maximum force and extended useful height. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing Force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful Working Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful Working Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,520 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston Stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AT 1520-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1520-150 is the top of the range of AT universal presses: maximum useful width (1,520 mm), maximum force (150 tons), extended useful height (610 mm). It is the choice for industrial workshops that regularly process large and tall components, simultaneously requiring width, force, and vertical space. Compared to the AP 1520-150 (same width and force, useful height 275 mm), it offers an additional 335 mm of height: a decisive difference for tall molds and the shrink-fitting of vertical components. The 3,800 kg weight (vs 3,500 kg for the AP 1520-150) reflects the taller structure required to accommodate the 610 mm useful height while maintaining stability. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by industrial metal fabrication shops with tall molds, manufacturers of mechanical components that alternate flat and vertical processing, and workshops that require the top universal Bernardo model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT 1520-150 is the pinnacle of the AT range, parallel to the AP 1520-150 (pinnacle of the AP range). The key difference between AT and AP is the useful height: AT 610 mm vs AP 275 mm. Same width, tonnage, and motor. Below it in the AT family: AT 1020-150 (same tonnage, 1,020 mm width, 610 mm height) and AT 1020-100 (100 t, 1,020 mm width, 680 mm height). For workshops requiring both maximum width (1,520 mm) and extended useful height (over 300 mm), the AT 1520-150 is the only choice. For those who do not need the extended useful height, the AP 1520-150 is correctly sized with a lower cost. For dedicated applications (only bending, only pressing on long pieces), the AKPL and DKS are more specialized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). With 3,800 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm: verify access to the workshop. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AT 1520-150 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range industrial machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication shop with tall molds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe combination of 1,520 mm width + 150 t force + 610 mm useful height is not found in other presses in the universal range. Sized for complete industrial processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial structure manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor tall molds requiring extended width. For dedicated applications, consider DKS gantry presses or AKPL bending machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that do not require extended useful height (the AP 1520-150 is significantly cheaper); exclusively producing long pieces (dedicated DKS gantry range); industrial series bending production (AKPL); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,650 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AT 1520-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tie rods and tools for assembly and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price difference compared to the AP 1520-150 worth it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical height of the pieces. For flat processing, the AP 1520-150 is correctly sized with a lower cost. For molds and components taller than 275 mm, the AT 1520-150 is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price difference reflects the taller structure of the AT (3,800 vs 3,500 kg). For workshops that consistently work with useful heights under 275 mm, the AT is oversized. For workshops with regular tall molds, the AP is insufficient. The choice should be made based on the typical height of the components, not the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of industrial applications are typical for the AT 1520-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep drawing on wide components, vertical shrink-fitting of tall shafts, assembly of complex assemblies, processes requiring molds taller than 300 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical examples: production of flanged pipes with shrink-fitting of flanges over a significant length; assembly of transmission components with tall shafts; deep industrial box stamping. For automated series production in these applications, dedicated industrial presses with automation should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 11 kW motor consume in production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically draws 11-12 kWh per effective hour at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to organize cycles to reduce standby times. Optional energy recovery systems are available on advanced industrial versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm. For handling large pieces, an operating area of at least 4.5 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of 2,540 mm allows installation in workshops with a standard 3-meter ceiling. The 600×1,520 mm table handles standard large pieces. For handling, it is recommended to have access to a hoist or workshop crane to manage heavy pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the AT 1520-150 is designed for a service life of over 20 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (seals, bearings, pump) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe solid cast iron structure does not wear out: the 3,800 kg are sized for multi-decade durability. Piston seals are the component that requires the most frequent replacement, typically every 3-5 years in intensive use. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693139136840,"sku":"06-2113","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AT_1520-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758119220"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-bilanciere-pneumatica-pts-1270","title":"Pneumatic Guillotine Shear Bernardo PTS 1270 x 1.2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Pneumatic Guillotine Shear PTS 1270 x 1.2\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Pneumatic Guillotine Shear PTS 1270 x 1.2\u003c\/strong\u003e is suitable for rapid and precise cutting of various materials, such as steel, brass, aluminum, and copper. Thanks to its \u003cstrong\u003esharp, hardened steel upper and lower reversible blades\u003c\/strong\u003e, it produces clean, burr-free results. The pneumatic foot pedal operation allows you to keep your hands free for optimal sheet positioning during cutting, increasing safety and efficiency. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003elarge support table with angular stops\u003c\/strong\u003e on both sides and a practical front tray for collecting cut pieces, this shear is perfect for processing large format sheets. The pneumatic hold-down ensures stable workpiece clamping, preventing unwanted movement. Robust and compact, it is a machine designed for workshops and fabrication departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic cutting of various materials: steel, brass, aluminum, copper\u003cbr\u003eUpper and lower hardened steel blades, sharp and reversible\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal operation: hands-free for precise sheet positioning\u003cbr\u003eSupport table with square stops on both sides\u003cbr\u003eFront tray for collecting cut sheets\u003cbr\u003eAutomatic hold-down for clamping the sheet during cutting\u003cbr\u003eRobust construction, ideal for heavy-duty work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePTS 1270 x 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic Guillotine Shear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, aluminum, brass, copper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper and lower hardened steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamping system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic pneumatic hold-down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport table, square stops, front tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAutomatic hold-down\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable back gauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet collection tray\u003cbr\u003eHardened steel blades\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic foot pedal\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 1.2 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, capacity increases by 30–50% (approx. 1.7 mm). For AISI 304 stainless steel, capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 0.8 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades replaceable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cutting blades are replaceable when worn or damaged. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it require fixed installation or can it be used on a workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Bernardo lever shears are fixed to a workbench or floor with bolts. They do not require a special foundation. More compact versions can also be used with a bench vise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the PTS 1270 x 1.2 also cut copper and brass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Copper and brass have lower resistance than S235 steel: the actual capacity for copper is similar to aluminum (approx. 1.7 mm). For specific alloys, please contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693749997896,"sku":"06-1698","price":2850.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia_a_bilanciere_pneumatica_Bernardo_PTS_1270_x_1_2.jpg?v=1758105968"},{"product_id":"cesoie-bernardo-hks-3200x10","title":"Bernardo HKS 3200 x 10 – CNC Hydraulic Sheet Metal Shear up to 10 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hydraulic Shear HKS 3200 x 10\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 10 hydraulic shear\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance industrial machine, designed for efficient and safe cutting of sheet metal up to 3200 mm in length and 10 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). Thanks to the linear movement of the bar and the adjustable cutting angle between 0.5° and 2.0°, it produces optimal results even with thin sheets. The motorized CNC back gauge, adjustable from 20 to 800 mm, ensures high precision, while the continuous adjustment of the cutting length reduces time for short pieces. The welded steel structure eliminates torsion and vibrations, while the cutting line illumination with shadow contour increases visibility. With photocells, protective grids, and a foot pedal with emergency stop, safety is always guaranteed. Equipped with an 11 kW motor and a 215-liter oil tank, with speeds up to 25 strokes\/min, the HKS 3200 x 10 is ideal for metalworking shops and workshops that require precision, robustness, and productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLinear movement of the cutting bar for high precision\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable cutting angle (0.5°–2.0°), also ideal for thin sheets\u003cbr\u003eMotorized CNC back gauge (20–800 mm)\u003cbr\u003eContinuously adjustable cutting length for short pieces\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated lighting with shadow line in the cutting area\u003cbr\u003eWelded steel structure for torsion-free processing\u003cbr\u003eSafety with photocells, protective grids, and emergency foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e11 kW motor with 215-liter oil tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHKS 3200 x 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5° – 2.0°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized back gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of hold-downs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 10 hydraulic shear\u003cbr\u003eBlade gap adjustment\u003cbr\u003eCutting area illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized CNC back gauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet supports\u003cbr\u003eSide and angular stop\u003cbr\u003eProtective sheet metal with photocells\u003cbr\u003eES21S CNC control unit\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Large machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shear have integrated CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The HKS and HSB series Bernardo hydraulic shears come standard with the ES21S CNC control, which manages the automatic cutting cycle, back gauge programming, and diagnostics. The CNC panel allows for the programming of repetitive cycles without manual intervention between cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 10 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 6.5 mm). Check with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible and how long do they last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The blades have 4 reversible cutting edges. The lifespan depends on the material cut and the thickness: on standard mild steel, the blades last thousands of cuts before needing replacement. Original Bernardo blades are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a special foundation required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge format hydraulic shears require an adequate industrial floor. For machines over 3,000 kg, consult a structural engineer. Coordinate with Krollit before ordering for complete installation specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum clear space equal to the cutting length (3200 mm) in front and behind the machine. For coil sheets, add the uncoiler space. Contact Krollit for complete machine dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693755896136,"sku":"06-1925XL1","price":35460.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia-Bernardo-2-1.jpg?v=1750071202"},{"product_id":"cesoie-bernardo-hks-3200x12","title":"Bernardo HKS 3200 x 12 – CNC Hydraulic Guillotine Shear for sheet metal up to 12 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 12 Hydraulic Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 12 hydraulic shear\u003c\/strong\u003e is the ideal choice for precisely cutting sheet metal up to 3200 mm in length and 12 mm in thickness (material strength 400 N\/mm²). With a linear cutting bar movement and an angle adjustable directly from the control panel, it produces optimal results even on thin materials and for precision applications. The motorized and adjustable backgauge from 20 to 800 mm allows for quick setups; the robust welded steel structure ensures stability and long-term durability. Equipped with front support arms, a table with integrated rollers, and cutting line illumination with a shadow outline, it facilitates work with large panels. With photocells, protective grids, and a foot pedal with emergency stop, safety is of a high standard. The 11 kW motor provides adequate power for the productivity required in professional workshops and metalworking shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable cutting angle (approx. 0.5°-2.0°) for precise cuts, even on thin sheets\u003cbr\u003eLinear movement of the cutting bar for stable and clean operations\u003cbr\u003eMotorized backgauge (20-800 mm) for quick setups\u003cbr\u003eMaximum cutting length 3200 mm, thickness up to 12 mm\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated cutting line illumination with shadow outline for improved visibility\u003cbr\u003eWelded steel structure for structural stability and no torsion\u003cbr\u003eHigh safety: photocells, guards, foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eSupport arms and table with integrated rollers for handling large panels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHKS 3200 x 12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.5°-2.0° (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 - approx. 25 (depending on setup)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of hold-downs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 12 Hydraulic Shear\u003cbr\u003eBlade gap adjustment\u003cbr\u003eCutting area illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized CNC backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet supports\u003cbr\u003eSide and angular stop\u003cbr\u003eProtective sheet metal with photocells\u003cbr\u003eES21S CNC control unit\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Large machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shear have integrated CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The HKS and HSB series Bernardo hydraulic shears come standard with the ES21S CNC control, which manages the automatic cutting cycle, backgauge programming, and diagnostics. The CNC panel allows for programming repeated cycles without manual intervention between cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 12 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 7.8 mm). Please check with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible and how long do they last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The blades have 4 reversible cutting edges. Durability depends on the material cut and thickness: on standard mild steel, blades last for thousands of cuts before replacement. Original Bernardo blades are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a special foundation required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge format hydraulic shears require an adequate industrial floor. For machines over 3,000 kg, consult a structural engineer. Coordinate with Krollit before ordering for complete installation specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum clear space equal to the cutting length (3200 mm) in front of and behind the machine. For coiled sheets, add space for the uncoiler. Contact Krollit for complete machine dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693763072328,"sku":"06-1925XL2","price":37510.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia_idraulica_Bernardo_HKS_3200_x_12.jpg?v=1758635085"},{"product_id":"cesoie-bernardo-hks-3200x6","title":"Bernardo HKS 3200 x 6 – Hydraulic plate shear up to 6 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hydraulic Shear HKS 3200 x 6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 6 hydraulic shear\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance professional machine designed for cutting sheets up to 3200 mm in length and 6 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). Thanks to the linear movement of the cutting bar and the adjustable angle between 0.5° and 1.5°, it offers optimal results even with thin sheets. The motorized CNC back gauge, adjustable from 20 to 600 mm, ensures precision, while the continuously adjustable cutting length allows significant time savings for short pieces. The welded steel structure ensures stability and durability, while the integrated lighting with shadow line increases operational accuracy. Maximum operator safety is provided by photocells and protective guards, while the foot pedal with emergency stop allows for safe and practical use. With a 7.5 kW motor and up to 35 strokes per minute, it is suitable for workshops and metal fabricators requiring quality, productivity, and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLinear cutting bar movement for precise finishes\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable cutting angle (0.5°–1.5°) ideal for thin sheets\u003cbr\u003eMotorized CNC back gauge (20–600 mm)\u003cbr\u003eContinuously adjustable cutting length for savings on short pieces\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated cutting line lighting with shadow contour\u003cbr\u003eWelded steel structure for torsion-free processing\u003cbr\u003eMaximum safety with photocells, protective grids, and emergency pedal\u003cbr\u003e7.5 kW motor with 215-liter oil tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHKS 3200 x 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5° – 1.5°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized back gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 – 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of hold-downs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 6 hydraulic shear\u003cbr\u003eBlade gap adjustment\u003cbr\u003eCutting area lighting\u003cbr\u003eMotorized CNC back gauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet supports\u003cbr\u003eSide and angular stop\u003cbr\u003eProtective sheet with photocells\u003cbr\u003eES21S CNC control unit\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Large machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shear have integrated CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo HKS and HSB series hydraulic shears come standard with ES21S CNC control, which manages the automatic cutting cycle, back gauge programming, and diagnostics. The CNC panel allows for programming of repetitive cycles without manual intervention between cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 6 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 3.9 mm). Please check with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible and how long do they last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The blades have 4 reversible cutting edges. Their lifespan depends on the material cut and its thickness: on standard mild steel, blades last thousands of cuts before needing replacement. Original Bernardo blades are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a special foundation required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge format hydraulic shears require an adequate industrial floor. For machines over 3,000 kg, consult a structural engineer. Coordinate with Krollit before ordering for complete installation specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum clear space equal to the cutting length (3200 mm) in front of and behind the machine. For coil sheets, add the space for the uncoiler. Contact Krollit for the machine's complete dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693771723080,"sku":"06-1925XL","price":28840.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia_idraulica_Bernardo_HKS_3200_x_6.jpg?v=1758633761"},{"product_id":"cesoie-bernardo-hks-3200x8","title":"Bernardo HKS 3200 x 8 – CNC Hydraulic Shear for sheet metal up to 8 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 8 Hydraulic Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 8 hydraulic shear\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance industrial machine, ideal for efficient cutting of sheet metal up to 3200 mm in length and 8 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). The linear movement of the cutting beam and the adjustable angle between 0.5° and 1.5° ensure optimal results, especially with thin sheets. The motorized CNC backgauge, adjustable from 20 to 600 mm, ensures high precision, while the continuous adjustment of the cutting length saves time for short workpieces. The robust welded steel structure reduces vibrations and torsion, while the cutting line illumination with shadow contour facilitates processing. Safety is guaranteed by photocells, protective grids, and a foot pedal with an emergency stop. With a 7.5 kW motor, 14 hold-downs, and speeds up to 30 strokes\/min, the HKS 3200 x 8 is suitable for metalworking shops and workshops that require precision and productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLinear movement of the cutting beam for precise finishes\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable cutting angle (0.5°–1.5°) for optimal results\u003cbr\u003eMotorized CNC backgauge (20–600 mm)\u003cbr\u003eContinuously adjustable cutting length for faster processing\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated cutting line illumination with shadow contour\u003cbr\u003eRobust welded steel structure for stability and durability\u003cbr\u003eMaximum safety with photocells, protective grids, and emergency foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e7.5 kW motor with 215-liter oil tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHKS 3200 x 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5° – 1.5°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 – 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of hold-downs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo HKS 3200 x 8 hydraulic shear\u003cbr\u003eBlade gap adjustment\u003cbr\u003eCutting area illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized CNC backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront plate supports\u003cbr\u003eSide and angular stops\u003cbr\u003eProtective sheet with photocells\u003cbr\u003eCNC control unit ES21S\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Large machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shear have integrated CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The HKS and HSB series Bernardo hydraulic shears come standard with the ES21S CNC control, which manages the automatic cutting cycle, backgauge programming, and diagnostics. The CNC panel allows for programming of repeated cycles without manual intervention between cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 8 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 5.2 mm). Please check with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible and how long do they last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The blades have 4 reversible cutting edges. The lifespan depends on the material cut and its thickness: on standard mild steel, the blades last for thousands of cuts before needing replacement. Original Bernardo blades are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a special foundation required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge format hydraulic shears require an adequate industrial floor. For machines over 3,000 kg, please consult a structural engineer. Coordinate with Krollit before ordering for complete installation specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum clear space equal to the cutting length (3200 mm) in front of and behind the machine. For coil sheets, add space for the uncoiler. Contact Krollit for complete machine dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693779718472,"sku":"06-1925XL0","price":32270.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cesoia_idraulica_Bernardo_HKS_3200_x_8.jpg?v=1758634401"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-1360x3","title":"Bernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for professional cutting of steel, brass, aluminum, and copper sheets up to 3 mm thick. With a cutting length of 1360 mm and a cutting angle of 2°30’, it ensures precision and clean surfaces thanks to professional-grade double-edged steel blades. The quick adjustment of the backgauge up to 750 mm via handwheel and the work table with integrated rollers guarantee practicality even when handling large pieces. The machine is equipped with high safety standards, thanks to rear photocell guards and a foot pedal with emergency stop. With a robust welded steel construction and integrated cutting line illumination, the MTA 1360 x 3 mm combines efficiency, reliability, and operating comfort, making it ideal for workshops and industries that require a professional and durable shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1360 mm cutting length for professional work\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003e2°30’ cutting angle for precise, burr-free results\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged upper and lower blades made of quality steel\u003cbr\u003eBackgauge adjustable up to 750 mm with handwheel\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination for optimal precision\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers, perfect for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eRear guards with photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust steel structure for stable and torsion-free operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 1360 x 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1930 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eCut counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide guide ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear guard with photocells\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on production volume and sheet format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm – Guillotine Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (1360 mm) is required in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693791154504,"sku":"06-1945XL","price":10500.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_1360_x_3_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759323024"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-1360x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Pneumatic Sheet Support System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-end motorized guillotine shear, equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003epneumatic sheet support system\u003c\/strong\u003e to ensure high precision and practicality in cutting thin sheets and large formats. With a cutting length of 1360 mm and a capacity of up to 3 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), it guarantees clean and burr-free cuts thanks to its high-quality double-edged steel blades. The motorized backgauge with ball screws and integrated NC control offers precision and speed in adjustments. The machine is equipped with rear photocell guards, a table with integrated rollers, a side ruler, and front supports to facilitate material handling. With a robust welded steel construction, 31 strokes\/min, and a 3.0 kW motor, the MTA 1360 x 3 mm NCC combines power, safety, and efficiency, ideal for workshops and industries requiring a professional and reliable shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1360 mm cutting length for professional applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system, perfect for thin sheets\u003cbr\u003eMotorized backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated NC BRL 401.2 control panel for simple and precise control\u003cbr\u003eHigh-quality double-edged upper and lower steel blades\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support arms for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination for precise operations\u003cbr\u003ePhotocell guards and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 1360 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with NC control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorized)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1930 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1240 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm NCC guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eStroke counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet supports\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear photocell guards\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy sheets or long formats. The choice depends on the production volume and the format of the processed sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor handling sheets, free space at least equal to the cutting length (1360 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693798461768,"sku":"06-1946XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_1360_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_con_supporto_pneumatico.jpg?v=1759323323"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-1560x3","title":"Bernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm – Motorised Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for precise and reliable cuts on steel, aluminum, copper, and brass sheets up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 1560 mm and a 2°30’ angle, it ensures clean, burr-free surfaces thanks to its professional-grade double-edged steel blades. The quick adjustment of the backgauge (up to 750 mm) via handwheel and the table with integrated rollers simplify the processing of even large sheets. Safety is guaranteed by rear photocell guards and a foot pedal with emergency stop, which allows hands to remain free for workpiece positioning. Equipped with integrated cutting line illumination and a robust welded steel structure, with a 3.0 kW motor and a weight of 1470 kg, this shear is the choice for workshops and companies that require reliability and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1560 mm cutting length for professional applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003e2°30’ cutting angle for clean, burr-free surfaces\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge adjustable up to 750 mm\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged hardened steel upper and lower blades\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination for precise work\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers, ideal for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eRear photocell guards and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust, torsionally rigid welded steel structure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 1560 x 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with manual backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1470 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCut counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide stop rule\u003cbr\u003eRear photocell guards\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume craft production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the size of the sheets processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm – Guillotine shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (1560 mm) is required in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693813371208,"sku":"06-1947BXL","price":11300.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_1560_x_3_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759326755"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-1560x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Pneumatic Sheet Support System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is an industrial-grade motorized guillotine shear, designed for efficient and precise cutting of sheet metal up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 1560 mm, a cutting angle of 2°30’, and hardened steel double-edged blades, it guarantees clean, burr-free surfaces. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003epneumatic sheet support system\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for thin and large sheets, it offers maximum control and stability during cutting. The motorized backgauge with ball screws and NC control BRL 401.2 ensures precise and rapid adjustments. Thanks to its welded steel structure, integrated rollers in the table, photocell safety guards, and foot pedal with emergency stop, it combines safety, efficiency, and robustness. With a 3.0 kW motor and a weight of 1500 kg, the MTA 1560 x 3 mm NCC is the ideal choice for workshops and businesses requiring a reliable and versatile professional shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1560 mm cutting length for industrial applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system for thin and large formats\u003cbr\u003eMotorized backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eNC control BRL 401.2 for precision and speed\u003cbr\u003eQuality steel double-edged blades for clean, burr-free cuts\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support arms\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination for high precision\u003cbr\u003eRear safety guards with photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 1560 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with pneumatic support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Sheet Thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per Minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorized)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm NCC Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCut Counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting Line Illumination\u003cbr\u003eNC Motorized Backgauge\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic Sheet Support System\u003cbr\u003eFront Sheet Supports\u003cbr\u003eTable with Integrated Rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide Squaring Arm\u003cbr\u003eRear Safety Guards with Photocells\u003cbr\u003eFoot Pedal with Emergency Stop\u003cbr\u003eTool Steel Blades \n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy sheets or long formats. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 1560 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, clear space at least equal to the cutting length (1560 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693825593672,"sku":"06-1947XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_1560_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_professionale.jpg?v=1759323729"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-2060x3","title":"Bernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm - Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for professional cutting of steel, brass, copper, and aluminum sheets up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 2060 mm and an angle of 1°30’, it guarantees precision and clean surfaces thanks to the double-edged upper and lower blades made of quality steel. The quick adjustment of the backgauge (0–750 mm) via handwheel and the table with integrated rollers simplify the handling of even large workpieces. Operator safety is ensured by rear photocell guards and a foot pedal with emergency stop. The integrated cutting line illumination with a silhouette light ensures precise work. With a robust and stable welded steel structure, a 4.0 kW motor, and a weight of 1685 kg, the MTA 2060 x 3 mm is ideal for workshops and companies that require a professional and reliable shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2060 mm cutting length for industrial applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003e1°30’ cutting angle for clean, burr-free results\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge adjustable up to 750 mm\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged upper and lower blades made of quality steel\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with silhouette for greater precision\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eRear photocell guards and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust and torsionally rigid welded steel construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 2060 x 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1685 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eCut counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide squaring arm\u003cbr\u003eRear photocell guard\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Heavy machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate positioning heavy or long format sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm – Guillotine shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, at least the cutting length (2060 mm) of clear space is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693836276040,"sku":"06-1948XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_2060_x_3_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759324073"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-2060x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Pneumatic Sheet Support System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is an industrial-grade motorized guillotine shear, equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003epneumatic sheet support system\u003c\/strong\u003e to ensure precise and stable cuts, especially on thin and large format sheets. With a cutting capacity of up to 3 mm (400 N\/mm²) and a working length of 2060 mm, it delivers professional results thanks to its quality double-edged steel blades that ensure clean, burr-free surfaces. The \u003cstrong\u003eNC motorized back gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e with ball screws and the integrated BRL 401.2 control panel allow for fast and accurate adjustments. The work table with integrated rollers, front support arms, and rear photocell guards simplify sheet handling with complete safety. With a 4.0 kW motor, 35 strokes\/min, and a weight of 1710 kg, the MTA 2060 x 3 mm NCC is suitable for workshops and industries that demand reliability, power, and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2060 mm cutting length for industrial applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system, ideal for thin and large format sheets\u003cbr\u003eNC motorized back gauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 NC control for precise and intuitive adjustments\u003cbr\u003eHigh-quality double-edged upper and lower blades\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support arms\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination for greater precision\u003cbr\u003eRear photocell guards and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust and torsion-free steel structure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 2060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with pneumatic support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax Sheet Thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per Minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e805 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (NC motorized)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e455 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2620 x 2100 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1710 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm NCC Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCut counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eNC motorized back gauge\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support arms\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear photocell guards\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Heavy machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, at least free space equal to the cutting length (2060 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693844959560,"sku":"06-1949XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_2060_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_con_supporto_pneumatico.jpg?v=1759324539"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-2560x25","title":"Bernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for efficient and precise cutting of steel, brass, copper, and aluminum sheets up to 2.5 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 2560 mm and an angle of 1°30’, it ensures clean and burr-free surfaces thanks to the high-quality double-edged upper and lower blades. The manual backgauge, adjustable up to 750 mm via a handwheel, offers practicality and precision, while the foot pedal allows for hands-free workpiece positioning. The machine features rear safety light barriers, a cutting line illumination with silhouette, and a table with integrated rollers for handling large sheets. With a 4.0 kW motor and a weight of 1890 kg, the MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm is suitable for workshops and companies needing a robust, safe, and reliable shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2560 mm cutting length for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 2.5 mm thickness (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003e1°30’ cutting angle for clean, burr-free results\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge up to 750 mm with handwheel\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged hardened steel blades\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated cutting line illumination with silhouette\u003cbr\u003eTable with rollers and front support for easy operation\u003cbr\u003eRear safety light barriers and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust, torsionally rigid welded steel structure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 2560 x 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3150 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1890 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eStroke counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated table rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear safety light barriers\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Heavy machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the size of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm – Guillotine shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 2.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 1.6 mm). Always verify with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, clear space at least equal to the cutting length (2560 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693855871304,"sku":"06-1950BXL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_2560_x_2_5_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759327265"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-2560x25-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shear with Pneumatic Sheet Support System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is an industrial-grade motorised guillotine shear, ideal for precise and efficient cutting of sheets up to 2.5 mm thick (400 N\/mm²) and 2560 mm long. It is equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003epneumatic sheet support system\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring stability and precision, especially with thin or large sheets. The motorised NC backgauge, moved by ball screws, and the BRL 401.2 control panel allow for quick and accurate adjustments. The high-quality double-edged blades ensure clean, burr-free cuts, while safety light barriers and a foot pedal with emergency stop protect the operator. With integrated roller table, front support arms, and cutting line illumination, this shear combines robustness, reliability, and operating comfort. The 4.0 kW motor and a weight of 1920 kg make it the ideal choice for workshops and businesses requiring a precise and durable machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCutting length 2560 mm for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 2.5 mm thickness (steel 400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system for thin sheets\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 numeric control for quick and intuitive adjustments\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged upper and lower blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support arms\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated cutting line illumination for high precision\u003cbr\u003eHigh safety with light barriers and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eWelded steel structure, torsionally rigid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 2560 x 2.5 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorised Guillotine Shear with NC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (NC motorised)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3150 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1920 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm NCC Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCut counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support arms\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide gauge ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear safety light barriers\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Heavy machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorisation, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorised with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorised with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 2560 x 2.5 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 2.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 1.6 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, clear space at least equal to the cutting length (2560 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693865570632,"sku":"06-1950XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_2560_x_2_5_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_con_supporto_pneumatico.jpg?v=1759324932"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-3060x3","title":"Bernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for precise and reliable cuts on steel, aluminum, copper, and brass sheets up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 3060 mm and a 1°30’ angle, it ensures clean, burr-free surfaces thanks to its double-edged upper and lower blades made of hardened steel. The manual backgauge, adjustable up to 750 mm via handwheel, allows for quick and accurate positioning. The foot pedal keeps hands free for correct sheet positioning, while rear guards with photocells and an emergency stop guarantee high safety. The cutting line illumination with a silhouette and the worktable with integrated rollers and front supports make processing easier and more precise. With a 4.0 kW motor and a weight of 2140 kg, the MTA 3060 x 3 mm is a robust professional solution for workshops and industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3060 mm cutting length for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003e1°30’ cutting angle for clean and precise surfaces\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge up to 750 mm adjustable with handwheel\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with integrated silhouette\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support arms\u003cbr\u003eRear guards with photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust welded steel construction for stability and long life\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 3060 x 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Sheet Thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per Minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3650 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2140 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCut Counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting Line Illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual Backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront Sheet Support\u003cbr\u003eTable with Integrated Rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide Stop Ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear Guards with Photocell\u003cbr\u003eFoot Pedal with Emergency Stop\u003cbr\u003eSteel Tool Blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Heavy machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy sheets or long formats. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the processed sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm – Guillotine Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (3060 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693874778440,"sku":"06-1951BXL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_3060_x_3_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759327633"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mta-3060x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shears","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Pneumatic Sheet Support System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional motorized guillotine shear, designed for the precise and safe cutting of sheet metal up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²) and 3060 mm long. Thanks to its \u003cstrong\u003epneumatic sheet support system\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is ideal for thin and large sheets, ensuring stability during cutting. The \u003cstrong\u003emotorized NC backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e with ball screws and the BRL 401.2 control panel allow for quick and accurate adjustments. The double-edged steel top and bottom blades ensure clean, burr-free cuts, while photocells and a foot pedal with emergency stop guarantee high operational safety. With a table equipped with integrated rollers, front support arms, and cutting line illumination, the MTA 3060 x 3 mm NCC combines precision, robustness, and efficiency. The 4.0 kW motor and a weight of 2170 kg make it the ideal choice for workshops and companies requiring a powerful and reliable industrial shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3060 mm cutting length for large industrial sheets\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system, ideal for thin and large sheets\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 control panel for precise and intuitive settings\u003cbr\u003eHigh-quality double-edged steel top and bottom blades\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support arms for easy handling\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with integrated silhouette\u003cbr\u003eRear safety guards with photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust welded steel structure for torsionally rigid operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTA 3060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with pneumatic support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorized NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3650 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2170 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm NCC Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eStroke counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system\u003cbr\u003eFront support arms for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eLateral stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear safety guards with photocells\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy machinery: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisan production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on the production volume and the size of the sheets processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTA 3060 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (3060 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693880906056,"sku":"06-1951XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTA_3060_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_industriale.jpg?v=1759325209"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mte-1360x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTE 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 1360 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for precise and efficient cutting of sheet metal up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²) and 1360 mm long. Thanks to the \u003cstrong\u003emotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003c\/strong\u003e and the integrated BRL 401.2 control, it ensures quick and accurate adjustments. The double-edged tempered steel upper and lower blades offer clean, burr-free cuts, while the 2°30' cutting angle ensures maximum processing quality. The work table with integrated rollers and front supports facilitate handling of even large formats, while sheet expulsion can occur from the front (up to 400 mm) or rear. With a 3.0 kW motor, welded steel structure, and a weight of 1250 kg, the MTE 1360 x 3 mm NCC is ideal for workshops and companies looking for a reliable, compact, and high-performance shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1360 mm cutting length for professional processing\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 3 mm thickness (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 control panel with integrated counter and settings\u003cbr\u003eFront (up to 400 mm) or rear sheet expulsion\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged tempered steel upper and lower blades\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front supports for large workpieces\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with silhouette for greater precision\u003cbr\u003eRear safety guards with photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust welded steel structure, torsionally rigid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTE 1360 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with NC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorized NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1930 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTE 1360 x 3 mm NCC guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eStroke counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear safety guards with photocells\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 NC panel\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on the production volume and the format of the sheets processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTE 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts are available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (1360 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693884346696,"sku":"06-2047XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTE_1360_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_professionale.jpg?v=1759334247"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mte-1560x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTE 1560 x 3 mm NCC – Motorised guillotine shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 1560 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 1560 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear, designed for precise and safe cuts on sheet metal up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²) and 1560 mm long. It is equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003emotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003c\/strong\u003e and a BRL 401.2 control panel, ensuring quick and accurate adjustments. The high-quality double-edged upper and lower blades guarantee clean, burr-free cuts, while the 2°30' cutting angle improves finishing quality. Sheet metal can be ejected either frontally (up to 400 mm) or from the rear. The table with integrated rollers and front supports simplifies handling even large pieces. With a 3.0 kW motor, robust steel structure, and a weight of 1500 kg, the MTE 1560 x 3 mm NCC is suitable for workshops and companies that require a compact, reliable, and high-performance shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1560 mm cutting length for professional work\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 3 mm thickness (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 control panel with integrated counter\u003cbr\u003eFrontal (max 400 mm) or rear sheet metal ejection\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged upper and lower blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front supports\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with silhouette\u003cbr\u003eSafety guards with photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust welded steel structure for maximum stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTE 1560 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with NC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorized NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTE 1560 x 3 mm NCC guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eCut counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eLateral stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eSafety guards with photocells\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 NC panel\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eSteel tool blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy sheets or long formats. The choice depends on the production volume and the format of the processed sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTE 1560 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (1560 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for specific weight and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693891293512,"sku":"06-2047XL0","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTE_1560_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_professionale.jpg?v=1759393600"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mte-2060x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTE 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 2060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorised guillotine shear designed for precise and efficient cutting of sheet metal up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²) and 2060 mm in length. Thanks to the \u003cstrong\u003emotorised NC backgauge with ball screws\u003c\/strong\u003e and the BRL 401.2 control panel, it allows for quick, accurate, and safe adjustments. The double-edged upper and lower blades made of hardened steel ensure clean, burr-free cuts, while the 1°30’ cutting angle provides a clean finish. Sheet metal ejection can occur either from the front (up to 400 mm) or from the rear, making the machine versatile. The table with integrated rollers and front supports facilitate the handling of even large pieces. With a 4.0 kW motor, robust structure, and a weight of 1750 kg, the MTE 2060 x 3 mm NCC is suitable for workshops and companies that require a compact, reliable, and precise shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2060 mm cutting length for professional applications\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 3 mm thick (steel 400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 control panel with integrated counter and settings\u003cbr\u003eFrontal (max 400 mm) or rear sheet ejection\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged upper and lower blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with integrated silhouette\u003cbr\u003eSafety guards with photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust welded steel structure for stability and durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTE 2060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorised guillotine shear with NC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorised NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTE 2060 x 3 mm NCC guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eStroke counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide ruler backgauge\u003cbr\u003ePhotocell guards\u003cbr\u003eNC BRL 401.2 panel\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy machine: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorisation, for low-volume artisan production. MTE: motorised with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorised with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on the production volume and the format of the processed sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTE 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Guillotine shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (2060 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693895651656,"sku":"06-2047XL1","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTE_2060_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_professionale.jpg?v=1759394063"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mte-2520x25-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTE 2520 x 2.5 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 2520 x 2.5 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 2520 x 2.5 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional motorized guillotine shear, designed for cutting sheet metal up to 2.5 mm thick (400 N\/mm²) and 2520 mm long. It is equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003emotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003c\/strong\u003e and a BRL 401.2 control panel, ensuring precision and speed in adjustments. The double hardened steel blades allow for clean, burr-free cuts, while the 1°30’ cutting angle ensures clean results even on large surfaces. The table with integrated rollers and front supports makes sheet metal handling easy, while ejection can occur from the front (up to 400 mm) or rear. With a 4.0 kW motor and a robust 1950 kg steel structure, the MTE 2520 x 2.5 mm NCC is the ideal choice for workshops and companies that require a compact, precise, and safe shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2520 mm cutting length for large sheet metal\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 2.5 mm thick (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 control panel with integrated counter and settings\u003cbr\u003eFront (up to 400 mm) or rear sheet ejection\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged hardened steel top and bottom blades\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with silhouette\u003cbr\u003ePhotocell safety guards and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust, torsionally rigid steel structure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTE 2520 x 2.5 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized Guillotine Shear with NC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorized NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3150 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1950 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTE 2520 x 2.5 mm NCC Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCut counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eRear safety guards with photocells\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 NC panel\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Heavy machinery: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on the production volume and the format of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTE 2520 x 2.5 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 2.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 1.6 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, clear space at least equal to the cutting length (2520 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for specific weight and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693899551048,"sku":"06-2047XL2","price":20912.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTE_2520_x_2_5_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_professionale.jpg?v=1759391245"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mte-3060x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTE 3060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 3060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTE 3060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance motorised guillotine shear, designed for professional cutting of sheet metal up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²) and 3060 mm long. The machine features a \u003cstrong\u003emotorised NC backgauge with ball screws\u003c\/strong\u003e and a BRL 401.2 control panel, ensuring quick, safe, and precise adjustments. The double-edged top and bottom blades made of quality steel allow for clean, burr-free cuts, while the 1°30’ cutting angle ensures clean surfaces. Sheet metal ejection can occur either from the front (up to 400 mm) or from the rear. With a table equipped with integrated rollers, front supports, and a side ruler with a scale, it is designed to handle even large sheet metal. With a 4.0 kW motor and a robust welded steel structure, the 2200 kg MTE 3060 x 3 mm NCC guarantees stability, safety, and high-level performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3060 mm cutting length for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 3 mm thickness (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003eBRL 401.2 control panel with counter and integrated settings\u003cbr\u003eFront (max 400 mm) or rear sheet ejection\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged top and bottom blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front supports\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with silhouette\u003cbr\u003eSafety light barriers and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eRobust steel structure for stable, torsion-free operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTE 3060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorised guillotine shear with NC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorised NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3650 x 2100 x 1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTE 3060 x 3 mm NCC guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eStroke counter\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide stop ruler\u003cbr\u003eSafety light barriers\u003cbr\u003eNC panel BRL 401.2\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eSteel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy machine: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorisation, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorised with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorised with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the processed sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness on stainless steel with the Bernardo MTE 3060 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, at least free space equal to the cutting length (3060 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693903221064,"sku":"06-2047XL3","price":24430.34,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTE_3060_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_professionale.jpg?v=1759394465"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mtm-1250x3","title":"Bernardo MTM 1250 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTM 1250 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTM 1250 x 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for precise and efficient cutting of steel, aluminum, brass, and copper up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 1250 mm and a 2° angle, it ensures clean, burr-free surfaces thanks to its high-quality, double-edged upper and lower blades. The manually adjustable backgauge, up to 600 mm with a handwheel, allows for quick and accurate positioning, while the foot pedal leaves hands free for optimal workpiece handling. The robust steel construction, work table with front supports, and cutting line illumination ensure stability and precision. With a 3.0 kW motor and a weight of 980 kg, the MTM 1250 x 3 mm is ideal for workshops and businesses requiring a compact, safe, and professional shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1250 mm cutting length for professional applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm thick (steel 400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003e2° cutting angle for precise and burr-free surfaces\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge up to 600 mm with handwheel\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged upper and lower blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with integrated silhouette\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal control, hands always free during positioning\u003cbr\u003eSafety guaranteed by protective grid and photoelectric barrier\u003cbr\u003eRobust steel construction for stable and torsion-free operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTM 1250 x 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with manual backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1970 x 1170 x 1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e980 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTM 1250 x 3 mm guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet supports\u003cbr\u003eSide ruler stop\u003cbr\u003eProtection with grid and photoelectric barrier\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal control\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded steel structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy sheets or long formats. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTM 1250 x 3 mm – Guillotine Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (1250 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693906497864,"sku":"06-1909BXL","price":7720.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTM_1250_x_3_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759325511"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mtm-1250x4","title":"Bernardo MTM 1250 x 4 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTM 1250 x 4 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTM 1250 x 4 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust and precise motorized guillotine shear, designed for cutting steel, aluminum, brass, and copper sheets up to 4 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 1250 mm and an angle of 2.4°, it ensures clean, burr-free surfaces thanks to the double-edged hardened steel upper and lower blades. The manual backgauge, adjustable up to 600 mm via a handwheel, allows for quick and accurate positioning, while the foot pedal keeps hands free for optimal material handling. Safety is ensured by a protective guard and a photoelectric barrier, while cutting line illumination with a shadow line facilitates precision. With a 4.0 kW motor, a table with front supports and integrated rollers, and a weight of 1220 kg, the MTM 1250 x 4 mm is the ideal choice for workshops and businesses requiring a compact, powerful, and reliable shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1250 mm cutting length for professional applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 4 mm thick (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003e2.4° cutting angle for precise, burr-free results\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge adjustable up to 600 mm\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged blades made of professional-grade hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with shadow line for optimal precision\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal control, hands always free during positioning\u003cbr\u003eSafety with protective guard and photoelectric barrier\u003cbr\u003eRobust welded steel and torsion-resistant structure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTM 1250 x 4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2090 x 1820 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTM 1250 x 4 mm Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet supports\u003cbr\u003eSide squaring arm\u003cbr\u003eProtection with guard and photoelectric barrier\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal control\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy sheets or long formats. The choice depends on the production volume and the format of the processed sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTM 1250 x 4 mm – Guillotine Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 4 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approximately 2.6 mm). Always verify with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, clear space at least equal to the cutting length (1250 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693914034504,"sku":"06-1910BXL","price":8850.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTM_1250_x_4_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759325860"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mtm-2050x3","title":"Bernardo MTM 2050 x 3 mm – Motorized guillotine shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTM 2050 x 3 mm – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Manual Backgauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTM 2050 x 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a motorized guillotine shear designed for precise and efficient cutting of steel, aluminum, copper, and brass sheets up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 2050 mm and an angle of 2°, it ensures clean, burr-free cuts thanks to its high-quality, double-edged upper and lower blades. The manual backgauge, adjustable up to 600 mm via handwheel, allows for quick and accurate workpiece positioning, while the foot pedal keeps hands free for optimal sheet metal handling. Safety is ensured by the protective grid, photoelectric barrier, and foot pedal with emergency stop. Featuring a 4.0 kW motor, a table with front supports, integrated rollers, and weighing 1540 kg, the MTM 2050 x 3 mm is suitable for workshops and businesses requiring a compact, robust shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2050 mm cutting length for professional applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003e2° cutting angle for clean and precise surfaces\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge adjustable up to 600 mm\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged blades made of professional quality hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with integrated silhouette light\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal control with hands always free for positioning\u003cbr\u003eProtective grid and photoelectric barrier for high safety\u003cbr\u003eRobust steel construction for stability and durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTM 2050 x 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with manual backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2580 x 2090 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1540 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTM 2050 x 3 mm Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eManual backgauge\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet supports\u003cbr\u003eSide ruler stop\u003cbr\u003eProtective grid with photoelectric barrier\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal control with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eSteel tool blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Heavy machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy sheets or long formats. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTM 2050 x 3 mm – Guillotine Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (2050 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693923111240,"sku":"06-1911XL","price":9850.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTM_2050_x_3_mm_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_motorizzata.jpg?v=1759326161"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mtr-1360x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTR 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTR 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Motorised Guillotine Shear with Pneumatic Sheet Support System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTR 1360 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a state-of-the-art motorised guillotine shear, designed for precise and efficient cutting of steel, aluminium, copper, and brass sheets up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 1320 mm and an angle of 2°30’, it guarantees clean, burr-free surfaces thanks to the high-quality, double-edged upper and lower blades. It features \u003cstrong\u003eFuji control with touchscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e, motorised NC backgauge with ball screws, and a pneumatic sheet support system, characteristics that ensure speed, precision, and operational comfort. The table with integrated rollers, the side ruler with scale, and the possibility of integrating an optional angle cutting device enhance versatility. With a 3.0 kW motor, 31 strokes\/min, and a weight of 1300 kg, the MTR 1360 x 3 mm NCC is a compact, safe, and high-performance industrial shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1320 mm cutting length for industrial applications\u003cbr\u003eCutting capacity up to 3 mm (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003eFuji control with integrated touchscreen for intuitive management\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system for thin sheets\u003cbr\u003eDouble-edged upper and lower blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front supports for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with silhouette for greater precision\u003cbr\u003eSafety photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003ePossibility of integrating an optional angle cutting device\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR 1360 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorised guillotine shear with NC and pneumatic support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorised NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1860 x 2200 x 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTR 1360 x 3 mm NCC guillotine shear\u003cbr\u003eFront blade gap adjustment\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorised NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide ruler with scale\u003cbr\u003eFuji control panel with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eRear guards with photocells\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorisation, for low-volume artisanal production. MTE: motorised with NC, standard welded structure. MTR: motorised with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate positioning of heavy or long format sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTR 1360 x 3 mm NCC – Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, free space at least equal to the cutting length (1360 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693935202632,"sku":"06-2050XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTR_1360_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_con_touch_screen.jpg?v=1759328209"},{"product_id":"bernardo-cesoia-ghigliottina-mtr-2060x3-ncc","title":"Bernardo MTR 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTR 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Motorized Guillotine Shear with Pneumatic Sheet Support System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MTR 2060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a state-of-the-art motorized guillotine shear, designed for precise and safe cuts on steel, aluminum, copper, and brass sheets up to 3 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a cutting length of 2020 mm and a 1°30’ angle, it ensures clean, burr-free surfaces thanks to its high-quality steel dual-edge upper and lower blades. The \u003cstrong\u003eFuji control with touch screen\u003c\/strong\u003e, motorized NC backgauge with ball screws, and the \u003cstrong\u003epneumatic sheet support system\u003c\/strong\u003e guarantee precision and maximum practicality even for thin or large sheets. The table with integrated rollers, the side ruler with scale, and the option to mount an angular cutting device increase versatility. With a 4.0 kW motor, 31 strokes\/min, and a weight of 1800 kg, the MTR 2060 x 3 mm NCC is the choice for workshops and industries seeking a robust, safe, and technologically advanced shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2020 mm cutting length for industrial applications\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 3 mm thickness (400 N\/mm² steel)\u003cbr\u003eFuji control with touch screen for intuitive management\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge with ball screws\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system, ideal for thin sheets\u003cbr\u003eDual-edge upper and lower blades made of hardened steel\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers and front support for large sheets\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination with silhouette for greater precision\u003cbr\u003eSafety photocells and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eWelded steel structure, robust and torsionally rigid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR 2060 x 3 mm NCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized guillotine shear with NC and pneumatic support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Sheet Thickness*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1°30’\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrokes per Minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 750 mm (motorized NC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2570 x 2200 x 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Base Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo MTR 2060 x 3 mm NCC Guillotine Shear\u003cbr\u003eFront blade gap adjustment\u003cbr\u003eCutting line illumination\u003cbr\u003eMotorized NC backgauge\u003cbr\u003ePneumatic sheet support system\u003cbr\u003eFront sheet support\u003cbr\u003eTable with integrated rollers\u003cbr\u003eSide ruler with scale\u003cbr\u003eFuji control panel with touch screen\u003cbr\u003ePhotocell safety guards\u003cbr\u003eFoot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003eTool steel blades\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Heavy machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the MTA, MTE, and MTR series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMTA: manual structure without NC motorization, for low-volume craft production. MTE: motorized with NC, standard electro-welded structure. MTR: motorized with NC and pneumatic sheet support to facilitate the positioning of heavy or long sheets. The choice depends on production volume and the format of the sheets being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the Bernardo MTR 2060 x 3 mm NCC – Guillotine Shear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness of 3 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% (approx. 2.0 mm). Always check with Krollit for specific high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The shear blades have 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, the blade is rotated to expose the next cutting edge. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts are available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet handling, clear space at least equal to the cutting length (2060 mm) is needed in front of and behind the machine. Coordinate with Krollit for weight specifications and necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693946081608,"sku":"06-2052XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MTR_2060_x_3_mm_NCC_Cesoia_a_ghigliottina_con_touch_screen.jpg?v=1759328721"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/Presse-industriali-pneumatiche-4-800x800.webp?v=1753439925","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/machines-for-sheet-metal.oembed?page=5","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}